minutes 23 october 2013

284
PAGE 1 MINUTES Ordinary Meeting of Council Wednesday 23 October, 2013 6:00pm Presentation of 2012/2013 Annual Report to the Community 7:30pm Meeting of Council (continued) *** Broadcast live on Phoenix FM 106.7 *** VENUE: Reception Room, Bendigo Town Hall, Hargreaves Street, Bendigo NEXT MEETING: Wednesday 13 November, 2013 Bendigo Town Hall Copies of the City of Greater Bendigo Council’s Agendas & Minutes can be obtained online at www.bendigo.vic.gov.au

Upload: city-of-greater-bendigo

Post on 22-Mar-2016

217 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

DESCRIPTION

 

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Minutes 23 october 2013

PAGE 1

MINUTES

Ordinary Meeting of Council

Wednesday 23 October, 2013

6:00pm Presentation of 2012/2013 Annual Report to the

Community

7:30pm Meeting of Council (continued)

*** Broadcast live on Phoenix FM 106.7 ***

VENUE:

Reception Room,

Bendigo Town Hall,

Hargreaves Street, Bendigo

NEXT MEETING:

Wednesday 13 November, 2013

Bendigo Town Hall

Copies of the City of Greater Bendigo Council’s Agendas & Minutes

can be obtained online at www.bendigo.vic.gov.au

Page 2: Minutes 23 october 2013

PAGE 2

Council Vision

Our residents can live healthy and satisfying lives in our vibrant City and region, confident in its growth and future.

Council Purpose and Values Councillors have made a commitment in their Code of Conduct to working and leading together in:

Making informed, balanced and objective decisions

Acting honestly

Taking responsible financial decisions

Ensuring good governance

Being inclusive in their activities and sharing information with others

Learning from each other

Respecting each other's undertakings

Being respectful in their interactions with others

Communicating clearly about decisions that have been made

Fulfilling their undertakings and being clear when this is not possible

Working positively with the media to ensure community members are provided with accurate information

Themes

Planning for Growth

Liveability

Productivity

Sustainability

Good Governance and Decision-Making

Page 3: Minutes 23 october 2013

PAGE 3

ORDINARY MEETING WEDNESDAY 23 OCTOBER 2013

ORDER OF BUSINESS:

ITEM PRECIS PAGE

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COUNTRY 6

PRAYER 6

CODE OF CONDUCT 6

PRESENT 6

APOLOGIES 6

1. CITY OF GREATER BENDIGO ANNUAL REPORT

2012/2013

7

1.1 City of Greater Bendigo Annual Report 2012/2013 7

SUSPENSION OF STANDING ORDERS 10

PUBLIC QUESTION TIME 10

RESUMPTION OF STANDING ORDERS 10

CR CHAPMAN'S REPORT 10

DECLARATIONS OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST 11

CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES 12

2. PETITIONS AND JOINT LETTERS 13

2.1 Petition: Lake Tom Thumb 13

3. PLANNING FOR GROWTH 14

3.1 Planning Scheme Amendment C204 - Rezoning 22-48

Chum Street, Golden Square (Fortuna) to Comprehensive

Development Zone and Apply Environmental Audit

Overlay, Consider Authorisation Request

14

3.2 Planning Scheme Amendment C130 - Heathcote

Supermarket - Consider Authorisation Request

27

3.3 53 & 59 Cassinia Drive, Junortoun - Staged Subdivision of

the Land into 56 Lots and the Removal of Native

Vegetation

40

Page 4: Minutes 23 october 2013

PAGE 4

3.4 7 Glencoe Street, Kennington 3550 - 10 Lot Subdivision of

Land and Construction of 10 Dwellings

58

3.5 1740 Heathcote-Redesdale Road, Mia Mia 3444 - Use Land

For Animal Keeping (Dog Breeding) & Construction of

Dog Runs and Associated Buildings

74

3.6 51 Goldie Street, Marong 3515 - Approval of Development

Plan, Use of Land for Medical Centre, Alterations and

Extensions to Existing Building, Development of Car Park,

and Advertising Signage

83

3.7 2 Hunt Street & 10 Atkins Street, North Bendigo 3550 -

Amended Plans to Allow the Construction of a Wall

Fronting Atkins Street (Residential Village for Bendigo

Hospital)

94

3.8 22 Norfolk Street, North Bendigo 3550 - Construction of 3

Dwellings

103

3.9 99 Booth Street, Golden Square 3555 - Construction of a

Dwelling

113

3.10 5 Old Violet Street, Bendigo 3550 - Demolition of

Dwelling, Outbuildings, Fences and Construction of

Dwelling and Fences

123

3.11 635 Calder Highway, Maiden Gully 3551 - 3 Lot

Subdivision and Removal of Vegetation

133

3.12 City of Greater Bendigo Heritage Advisory Committee

Terms of Reference

145

3.13 Eastern Service Road - Calder Alternative Highway,

Marong

156

3.14 Parking for Hospital Project 160

3.15 Traffic Management Infrastructure in the Long Gully Area 171

4. LIVEABILITY 176

4.1 Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan 176

4.2 Australian Bureau of Statistics SEIFA Data 2011 189

4.3 Community Grants Program Round 1 2013 - 2014 194

4.4 Amendment to Maiden Gully Land Sale 207

5. PRODUCTIVITY 210

5.1 Annual Snapshot of Operations - Bendigo Art Gallery

2012/13

210

5.2 Annual Snapshot of Operations - Bendigo and Heathcote

Visitor Information Centres 2012/2013

216

Page 5: Minutes 23 october 2013

PAGE 5

5.3 Goldfields Library Corporation Annual Report 2012/13 224

5.4 Bendigo Trust Annual Report 2012/13 230

6. SUSTAINABILITY 236

6.1 Draft Waste and Resource Management Strategy 236

6.2 Flood Study Community Consultation Process 248

6.3 Asset Management Policy 254

7. GOOD GOVERNANCE AND DECISION-MAKING 260

7.1 Independent Review Progress Report 260

7.2 Benchmarking of Statutory Planning Data 267

7.3 Record of Assemblies 271

7.4 Contracts Awarded Under Delegation 278

8. URGENT BUSINESS 280

9. NOTICES OF MOTION 280

10. COUNCILLORS' REPORTS 281

11. MAYOR'S REPORT 282

12. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S REPORT 283

13. CONFIDENTIAL (SECTION 89) REPORTS 284

13.1 Contractual Matter 284

13.2 Contractual Matter 284

13.3 Contractual Matter 284

____________________________

CRAIG NIEMANN CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Page 6: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 6

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF COUNTRY

PRAYER

CODE OF CONDUCT

PRESENT

Cr Lisa Ruffell Cr Rod Fyffe Cr Rod Campbell Cr Elise Chapman Cr Peter Cox Cr Helen Leach Cr Barry Lyons Cr Mark Weragoda Cr James Williams Mr Craig Niemann (Chief Executive Officer) Ms Pauline Gordon (Director, Community Wellbeing) Ms Marg Allan (Director, Organisation Support) Mr Darren Fuzzard (Director, Presentation and Assets) Ms Prue Mansfield (Director, Planning and Development) Mr Stan Liacos (Director, City Futures Mr Peter Davies (Manager, Executive Services) Mrs Alison Campbell

APOLOGIES

Nil

Page 7: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 7

1. CITY OF GREATER BENDIGO ANNUAL REPORT 2012/2013

1.1 CITY OF GREATER BENDIGO ANNUAL REPORT 2012/2013

Document Information

Author Dr Lyn Talbot, Corporate and Community Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide the opportunity for Council and the community to consider the City of Greater Bendigo 2012/2013 Annual Report.

Policy Context

This City of Greater Bendigo Annual Report covers the period from July 1st 2012 to June 30th 2013. Preparation of an Annual Report is a requirement of the Victorian Local Government Act 1989 but it also provides an opportunity to communicate internally and externally, with staff, community, government and industry stakeholders regarding the roles, functions and achievements of the City of Greater Bendigo in the preceding year. The Annual Report also reports on new activities that were endorsed by Council in response to emerging evidence during the year. The Council Plan 2009-2013 (updated 2012) highlights reporting on performance as a key component of the Corporate Planning Framework.

Background Information

The Annual Report highlights the major achievements of the 2012/2013 year, but also has a focus on telling the story of the City's operations throughout the year. This is supported by the inclusion of numerous photos, facts and figures throughout the report. It reports to Greater Bendigo residents and the wider community what has been done in order to meet objectives, strategies and actions that were set down in the Council Plan for the year. The Annual Report also documents evidence of performance against the State Government Community Satisfaction Scorecard and the internal indicators that have been set out in the Council Plan for the same period. It celebrates the achievements and successes and explains why some things have not been achieved.

Report

Internal Consultation:

Page 8: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 8

Cross-organisational collaboration has supported the development of the Annual Report, particularly with the provision of statistical data updates. The detail for the various written sections has largely been sourced from existing documents already made available to the public, such as press releases and quarterly reports to Council. The Communications Unit has sourced the relevant photos from its repository. Each Director, the Manager Finance and staff members who have contributed sections have been provided with a copy of their draft section for the Annual Report to review for accuracy and completeness and where necessary their suggestions and amendments incorporated. At the end of the report for each Council Plan goal area, the results from the Statewide Community Satisfaction Survey 2013 have been presented in a graph format compared to Statewide averages. In addition the report against internal City of Greater Bendigo process indicators is also presented in table format. During July 2013 Councillors had an opportunity to view content for the ‘Your Councillors’ section, and revise it where necessary. On 29 August 2013 members of the Audit Committee had the opportunity to review the draft Financial Statements, the draft Standard Statements and the draft Performance Statement for the 2012/2013 financial year for submission to the Auditor General. Following any necessary revisions, these documents have been incorporated into this draft of the Annual Report. External Communication Following endorsement by Council, residents will be informed by public notice of the Annual Report's preparation and availability for inspection. A public presentation of the Annual Report is also planned for the 23 October Council meeting. Comments are not being sought as it is a retrospective report of the organisation's activities. Copies of the Annual Report will be distributed to the community and key organisations including business, government, education, health and welfare sectors of Greater Bendigo, and will be available to interested members of the public. Priority/Importance: To meet legislative requirements the Annual Report, including audited financial statements, must be completed and supplied to the Minister for Local Government by the end of September 2013. As happens each year, a draft has been sent and the final version will be sent after adoption by Council.

Resource Implications

Printing and layout of the Annual Report and relevant advertising are provided for in the 2013/2014 Council budget.

Page 9: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 9

Conclusion

The City of Greater Bendigo 2012/2013 Annual Report has been prepared and is submitted according to the requirements of the Local Government Act 1989.

Attachments

Annual Report 2012/2013

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to receive the City of Greater Bendigo 2012/2013 Annual Report. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Ruffell, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED MOTION Moved Cr Fyffe, seconded Cr Weragoda. That the meeting be adjourned until 7.15pm.

CARRIED MOTION Moved Cr Fyffe, seconded Cr Campbell. That the meeting be resumed.

CARRIED

Page 10: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 10

SUSPENSION OF STANDING ORDERS

That Standing Orders be suspended to allow the conduct of Public Question Time. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Fyffe, seconded Cr Cox. That Standing Orders be suspended to allow the conduct of Public Question Time.

CARRIED

PUBLIC QUESTION TIME

RESUMPTION OF STANDING ORDERS

That Standing Orders be resumed. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Fyffe, seconded Cr Campbell. That Standing Orders be resumed.

CARRIED

CR CHAPMAN'S REPORT

Cr Chapman reported on her attendance at the following meetings and events over the past three weeks.

Attended visit by Governor of Victoria - Honourable Alex Chernov AC QC and Mrs Chernov

Attended International Cities, Town Centres and Communities Conference in Perth,

Lockwood Ward Meeting

Forums

Meetings with residents

Page 11: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 11

DECLARATIONS OF CONFLICT OF INTEREST

Pursuant to Sections 77, 78 and 79 of the Local Government Act 1989 (as amended) direct and indirect conflict of interest must be declared prior to debate on specific items within the minutes; or in writing to the Chief Executive Officer before the meeting. Declaration of indirect interests must also include the classification of the interest (in circumstances where a Councillor has made a Declaration in writing, the classification of the interest must still be declared at the meeting), i.e. (a) direct financial interest (b) indirect interest by close association (c) indirect interest that is an indirect financial interest (d) indirect interest because of conflicting duties (e) indirect interest because of receipt of an applicable gift (f) indirect interest as a consequence of becoming an interested party (g) indirect interest as a result of impact on residential amenity (h) conflicting personal interest A Councillor who has declared a conflict of interest, must leave the meeting and remain outside the room while the matter is being considered, or any vote is taken. Councillors are also encouraged to declare circumstances where there may be a perceived conflict of interest. Nil.

Page 12: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 12

CONFIRMATION OF MINUTES

Minutes of the Ordinary Meeting of Wednesday 2 October, 2013. The following items were considered at the Ordinary Council meeting held on Wednesday 2 October, 2013 at 6:00pm.

Petition: O'Keefe Rail Trail - Heathcote

Petition: Lake Tom Thumb

54 Mundy Street, Bendigo - Construction of a Three Storey Building Plus Basement, Use of Land for Two Dwellings (with a frontage greater than two metres at ground floor level) and Subdivision into 3 Lots

64 Havlin Street West, Quarry Hill - 3 Lot Subdivision, Advertising Signage, Construction and Use of a Medical Centre on Both Lots 1 and 2 and Construction of a Dwelling on Lot 3

151 Rowan Street, Bendigo - Demolition of Existing Outbuilding and 4 Lot Subdivision of Land with Common Property and Construction of 4 Two-Storey Dwellings

Response to Petition : Upgrading of Bright Street, Eaglehawk

Spring Gully Recreation Plan

Adoption of Loddon Mallee South Regional Growth Plan

Revised Redesdale Community Plan 2013

Women Showing the Way Forum 2013

Special Committees of Council

Annual Snapshot of Operations - Bendigo Performing Arts Centre 2012/2013

Annual Snapshot of Operations - Bendigo Exhibition Centre 2012/2013

Record of Assemblies

Amendments to Finance Policies

Reappointment of Internal Audit Committee Member

Contracts Awarded under Delegation

Notice of Motion: East West Link Road Project The unconfirmed minutes have also been posted on the City of Greater Bendigo website pending confirmation at this meeting. RECOMMENDATION That the Minutes of the Ordinary Meeting of Council held on Wednesday 2 October, 2013, as circulated, be taken as read and confirmed. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Weragoda, seconded Cr Lyons. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 13: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 13

2. PETITIONS AND JOINT LETTERS

2.1 PETITION: LAKE TOM THUMB

Petitions and joint letters with ten (10) or more signatures are included in the agenda or tabled at the meeting, unless there is a separate legal process for considering the petition or joint letter, as there is for planning submissions or submissions following public notices (Section 223 LGA)]. A further petition has been received from Eaglehawk residents regarding the bird population at Lake Tom Thumb, as outlined below:

"We, the undersigned, requested the Greater Bendigo City Council to clean up Lake Tom Thumb of the over population of sea gulls and Ibis as they are destroying the natural environment, creating smells and discouraging people from walking around the lakes. Council is urged to take immediate action before the hot summer months ahead".

Signatures - 99 MOTION Moved Cr Cox, seconded Cr Leach. That Council receive the petition and organise a meeting with petitioners and report back to the next Council meeting.

CARRIED

Page 14: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 14

3. PLANNING FOR GROWTH

3.1 PLANNING SCHEME AMENDMENT C204 - REZONING 22-48 CHUM STREET, GOLDEN SQUARE (FORTUNA) TO COMPREHENSIVE DEVELOPMENT ZONE AND APPLY ENVIRONMENTAL AUDIT OVERLAY, CONSIDER AUTHORISATION REQUEST

Document Information

Author Emma Bryant, Coordinator Policies and Processes Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to recommend that Council request authorisation from the Minister for Planning to start the formal process for Planning Scheme Amendment C204. The Amendment has been requested by consultant, Provincial Matters on behalf of Fortuna Villa Pty Ltd. The Amendment proposes to rezone the site known as ‘Fortuna Villa’ at 22 – 48 Chum Street to a tailored, Comprehensive Development Zone. As the site is no longer in government ownership, a rezoning to a private zoning is required. This rezoning will allow the site to be used for uses such as accommodation, boutique retail and residential, while retaining and respecting the heritage features. The Zone requires that prior to any residential development occurring on the site, further development plans and design guidelines will need to be prepared. The previous uses and historic mining in the area indicate potential contamination on the site, and an Environmental Audit Overlay is to be applied; this will ensure any contamination is mitigated before being used for residential and other sensitive uses. A Neighbourhood Character Overlay which currently covers a small portion of the site is also proposed to be removed. The key elements of the Amendment are:

Retention of heritage buildings and places;

Implementing planning controls that ensure that any new development respects and is designed to enhance the Villa and its significance;

Uses that will allow the Villa to be viewed and accessible by the public and enhance the sustainability and viability of the new private ownership.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Page 15: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 15

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Sustainability

Strengthen the links between Greater Bendigo's past and future by protection and contemporary re-use of our heritage assets.

Background Information

The site is within a local Heritage Overlay, and is currently being considered by Heritage Victoria for State level Heritage Registration. The main villa building (1858-1907) is described as ‘a rambling three- storey asymmetrical rendered brick mansion, in a variety of styles, predominately French Second Empire and Queen Anne, reflecting the various periods of construction. Ballerstedt’s original modest house is retained, though much altered, in the centre of the present house. The house has no original furnishings, but it is notable for its magnificent collection of leadlight and etched glass windows, including many incorporating Defence Department motifs, its plaster and pressed metal ceilings, parquet floors, its two unique bathrooms (1904), and its outstanding conservatory (c1880) with ‘French antique’ ruby glass imported from Italy and floor to ceiling windows of etched glass depicting mining scenes, Australiana and heraldic symbols.’ The site also contains lake, gardens, a ‘Pompeii Fountain’ (c1879) and other heritage outbuildings. (Draft statement of cultural heritage significance, Heritage Victoria, June 2013 p5-6). There has been a long and detailed history to get to this point with the Fortuna Villa site. After occupying the site for over 70 years the Defence Department announced it no longer required Fortuna for its operations and commissioned a range of reports on heritage management and environmental contamination. The property was then auctioned earlier in 2013, and is now in private ownership. The site is located on the previous New Chum Reef gold mine and consequently the site is potentially contaminated and will therefore require an Environmental Audit before it can be utilised for residential or other sensitive uses. This Amendment will change the Public and Special Use zoning to a tailored, site specific Comprehensive Development Zone - Schedule 1 (CDZ) that accommodates a range of uses to ensure the site’s long term viability. The CDZ includes a Comprehensive Development Plan that outlines the broad objectives for the site. The CDZ also requires that further detailed development plans be prepared for the land around the villa, and approved by the City. The Amendment also proposes to remove the Neighbourhood Character Overlay Schedule 1 that affects a very small portion of Residential 1 Zone land on the eastern part of the site. The Overlay is to be removed as it is not relevant to this vacant area of land. Previous Council Decisions On 10 July 2013 the Council agreed to the following recommendations in relation to the site:

Page 16: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 16

1. Council objectives for the Fortuna site are to:

o Retain and interpret the heritage values of the site for future generations

o Support contemporary and creative re-use of the site

o Facilitate appropriate re-development of the site

o Ensure any development is economically viable and sustainable in the long

term

o Optimise public/community benefits and access from the development of the

site 2. In recognition of the importance of goldmining as a theme in the history of Greater

Bendigo, and while recognising the importance of all periods of development of the Fortuna site, that in policies for its future management, less emphasis be placed of the physical evidence of the later Defence buildings, while ensuring there is adequate interpretation of this important period.

3. Council supports the proposed extent of registration or curtilage as being the whole

of the site. Council may support subdivision provided it was demonstrated to be necessary to meet the Council’s objectives for the site, and provided there was a viable development plan for the whole of the site.

4. Council generally supports the Heritage Management Plan prepared by Godden

McKay Logan as a document to guide decision making on site, with the following exceptions:

Recreational landscape: Some renewed recreational facilities, some new buildings beyond tennis court. Retain Building 3 (P1 Hut)

Army accommodation precinct: 1960s Defence buildings interpreted rather than retained. Some scope for sensitive low scale development subject to careful consideration of view lines from lake.

On 31 July 2013 the Council resolved to adopt a submission to the Heritage Council on the Heritage Victoria Registration of the site. The main recommendations were that buildings 8f and 8g (Defence printing buildings) be protected and that the Registration discuss subdivision and interpretation.

The Amendment is consistent with these previous resolutions.

Heritage Victoria is currently reviewing the submissions made to the registration and forming a position on the final citation. It is anticipated that the matter will be considered by the Heritage Council in December 2013.

The key steps in the amendment process are summarised below:

Page 17: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 17

Report

The Planning and Environment Act 1987 allows for a planning scheme amendment to be initiated by a municipal Council, or a Council can respond to a request for an amendment by any person or body. When requesting authorisation from the Minister for Planning, an Explanatory Report must be submitted that discusses the purpose, effects and strategic justification for the amendment. Key issues identified in the Explanatory Report are summarised below. (Full copy attached). Land Affected by the Amendment The amendment applies to a 7.569ha parcel of land located on the north east corner of Chum and Booth Street in Bendigo known as 22-48 Chum Street, Golden Square. The land is made up of two titles:

Page 18: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 18

The main Fortuna block: Volume 08159 Folio 690, Crown Allotments 1, 1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1F, 6 and 7, Section 33B, Bendigo, Parish of Sandhurst

The ‘Bush Block’: Volume 10043 Folio 764, Crown Allotment 2A Section 33B, Bendigo, Parish of Sandhurst (known as the ‘Bush Block’).

The site is currently zoned Public Use Zone 7 (PUZ7), with a small portion of land in the east on Booth Street zoned Residential 1 and the bush block zoned Special Use Zone 3 Telecommunications (SUZ3). The main Fortuna Villa land title is covered by a local Heritage Overlay and is proposed to go on the Victorian Heritage Register. The small portion of residential zoned land is also affected by a Neighbourhood Character Overlay. The main site is occupied by a number of buildings, the main being the Fortuna Villa. The Fortuna Villa is a large building which has been constructed in a number of architectural styles, and is surrounded by gardens and landscaping, most prominent of which is the lake located to the west of the Villa. From 1942 to 2007 the site was owned by the Department of Defence during which time a number of additional buildings were added around the Villa. These buildings vary in size and style, from tin sheds, to P-huts, portable buildings and outbuildings. Three large brick army accommodation buildings are located in the south west portion of the site. The site has frontage to Chum Street to the south, Booth Street to the west and has residential interface at the Marble Street entrance to the north. The north and north west of the site is surrounded by established residential areas, most of which are currently within the Residential 1 Zone. Abutting the site on its eastern boundary is the Southern Cross Television Station site, included in a Special Use Zone 3. On the south side of Chum Street, opposite the subject site is vacant land, whilst further south east are medical facilities. The site is located approximately 2.5km from the centre of Bendigo.

Page 19: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 19

Figure 1: Existing zones 22-48 Chum Street, Golden Square

Page 20: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 20

Figure 2: Aerial photo 22-48 Chum Street, Golden Square

What the Amendment does The Amendment proposes to:

Rezone land at 22-48 Chum Street, Golden Square from a Public Use Zone (PUZ7), Residential 1 Zone (R1Z) and Special Use Zone (SUZ3) to a Comprehensive Development Zone (CDZ) , Schedule 1

Replace the existing Schedule 1 (Bilkarra) to the CDZ, which is currently an error in the Scheme as the Bilkarra development no longer exists, to Schedule (Fortuna) to guide the future use and development of Fortuna Villa and surrounds.

Apply an Environmental Audit Overlay to the land.

Remove the Neighbourhood Character Overlay from the small portion of land currently located in the Residential 1 Zone.

Include the new incorporated document “Fortuna Comprehensive Development Plan September 2013.”, shown below in the Planning Scheme at Clause 81.

Page 21: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 21

Indicative subdivision alignment between Precinct 1 & Precinct 2.

Military buildings - removal, relocation or retention subject to Heritage Victoria approvals process.

Precinct 1 - Fortuna Villa

Proposed Fortuna grounds.

Villa buildings - to be retained and restored.

Precinct 2 - Accommodation / Residential Development

To be used for a range of accommodation purposes.

Figure 3: Proposed Fortuna Comprehensive Development Plan

The CDZ includes the Comprehensive Development Plan which sets out the proponent’s masterplan framework for the site. It also specifies the uses allowed and requires permits for subdivision and for some buildings and works.

Page 22: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 22

The Comprehensive Development Plan identifies two distinct precincts of the site; that of the Fortuna Villa and curtilage, and the surrounding land proposed for residential development. Precinct 1 – Fortuna Villa To be used for a mix of uses appropriate to the Villa such as short stay accommodation, boutique retail and services, day spa, tea rooms, cafes or restaurants, tourism associated businesses. The Villa and gardens may also be used for special events, including outdoor events and activities. The precinct will also showcase and interpret the valued gold mining and military history of the site. Buildings and works will be controlled by Heritage Victoria. Precinct 2 – Accommodation/Residential Development To be developed and used for a range of accommodation purposes such as traditional, medium and higher density housing and aged care appropriate to the site and Bendigo context. The proposed CDZ requires the preparation of a further more detailed Development Plan for this precinct to be approved by the Responsible Authority, and includes requirements and considerations for permit applications. The Development Plan must include an analysis of relevant heritage objectives, and show:

Indicative layout of buildings and works;

Site and view analysis showing how proposed buildings are masked from key view points from in and around the Villa in Precinct 1.

Fortuna Residential Design Guidelines which contain contemporary architectural design examples and indicative palette of external materials and colours appropriate to the site, existing buildings and future development;

A traffic impact assessment including details of pedestrian walkways, roads, vehicle parking and access arrangements for the site and integration with the surrounding area;

Indicative areas for landscaping.

The staging of development.

Services to be provided including water, sewer, power and drainage. The proponent has put forward planning controls which provide Council with a clear statutory role as the Responsible Authority for consideration of the Development Plan and future planning permit applications, therefore both Council and Heritage Victoria will have decision making roles in Precinct 2. This provides Council with greater influence over the future development outcomes on the site. The burden of work will be on the owner/developer of Precinct 2 to prepare a Development Plan that meets Council’s objectives, the requirements of the controls and takes in to consideration Council and Heritage Victoria’s views as decision makers. It is in this future stage that Council can review their position on the various heritage and design options for the site with the benefit of more detailed analysis and information.

Page 23: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 23

Social, Environmental, Economic Impacts The proposed amendment will provide for the fair, orderly, economic and sustainable use and development of land consistent with the objectives of Section 4 (1) (a) of the Planning and Environment Act 1987. Environmental Impacts The amendment will have positive environmental impacts through the management of potentially contaminated land and associated clean up. The proposal retains the heritage significant buildings including the villa, gardens and lake, whilst it considers retaining and enhancing the vegetation and gardens that influence the character of the Villa and surrounding land. The potential future use and development of the land will not result in detrimental impacts to air, land or water quality on the site or the broader area. The site is large, and the Villa located a distance away from existing residential dwellings. The likely uses for the site are not expected to result in negative amenity impacts on the surrounding residential areas. Social The proposal will have positive social effects. The proposed Amendment will facilitate accessibility of an important historic site in Bendigo to the public. The restoration and active re-use of the Villa will ensure its long term viability and maintenance and will add to the vitality and viability of tourism, retail and commercial activity and to the social activity and diversity in Bendigo. The acknowledgement and interpretation of the military history and mining of the site will also provide benefits to the community through education and acknowledgement of military history. The development of Precinct 2 for a range of accommodation uses and densities will provide for housing in a suitable location of Bendigo proximate to services and infrastructure. Economic The range of tourism, retail and recreational activities proposed for the Villa area will create economic activity, be a tourist attraction, and be of overall benefit to the local and broader Victorian community. The proposed activities and development will have a positive economic impact, and create both short and long term employment opportunities. Strategic Justification The amendment is supported by the following clauses in the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme:

Page 24: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 24

State Planning Policy Framework Clause 15.01-1 Urban design with the Objective: To create urban environments that are safe, functional and provide good quality environments with a sense of place and cultural identity. Clause 16.01-4 Housing Diversity with the Objective: To provide for a range of housing types to meet increasingly diverse needs. Clause 17.01-1 Business with the Objective: To provide for a range of housing types to meet increasingly diverse needs. Strategies to locate commercial facilities in existing or planned activity centres. Clause 17.03-1 Facilitating Tourism with the Objective: To encourage tourism development to maximise the employment and long-term economic, social and cultural benefits of developing the State as a competitive domestic and international tourist destination. Strategies to achieve this include (as relevant): • Encourage the development of a range of well-designed and sited tourist facilities,

including integrated resorts, motel accommodation and smaller scale operations such as host farm, bed and breakfast and retail opportunities.

Local Planning Policy Framework Clause 21.02 Key Issues and Influences - "Managing heritage sites and places - Greater Bendigo’s significant gold heritage has left a superb array of heritage buildings and places for today’s residents. The management of this resource is vital to ensure its retention for future generations." Clause 21.03 Vision – Strategic Framework, Strategies include: • Planning for responsible urban development. • Increasing the accessibility and availability of public places. • Developing Bendigo as the prime commercial and service centre of the region. • Identifying and supporting investment. Clause 21.04 Strategic directions: The amendment is consistent with the strategic directions to focus growth and development of the city with the growth boundary. Clause 21.06 Housing, Relevant objectives include: • To provide for a range of housing types to meet the diverse needs of Bendigo’s

population. • To promote more intensive residential development within the central city, suburban

centres and along the key arterial routes. • To identify a range of sustainable development options for housing within Bendigo

that is able to meet the needs of the changing demographic composition of the community.

Clause 21.07 Economic development with the Objective: • To develop Greater Bendigo’s tourism potential as Australia’s leading cultural

heritage destination.

Page 25: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 25

Clause 21.08 Environment with the Objective: • To protect and enhance the municipality's built heritage for future generations. Clause 22.06 Heritage Policy, with the Objectives: • To ensure that Greater Bendigo's heritage assets are maintained and protected. • To retain heritage assets for the enjoyment and experience of residents, visitors

and future generations of the municipality.

Consultation/Communication

A number of discussions have occurred between the City, the proponent, Heritage Victoria and the Department of Transport, Planning and Local Infrastructure. Both departments are broadly supportive of the proposed amendment in that it provides for a range of uses for the site and protects the heritage values. These discussions will continue and the amendment will be further considered by them during the public exhibition period. The proponent has also consulted with VicRoads which has requested preparation of a traffic impact assessment as part of a future development plan. Future consultation The amendment will be publicly exhibited for a minimum of a month, as required under the Planning and Environment Act 1987. The City must give notice of Amendments to all owners and occupiers who may be materially affected by an Amendment, together with prescribed Ministers and relevant public authorities. The Amendment will also be exhibited in the Government Gazette and the Bendigo Advertiser newspaper. A media release will also be prepared for the exhibition and parties that have shown interest and made previous submissions about the Villa will also be notified.

Conclusion

Amendment C204 will enable Fortuna Villa to be used for a range of private uses as it is no longer in public ownership. These uses will provide public access to the main villa buildings and ensure its long term future and viability. The proposed CDZ requires the preparation of further plans to guide the proposed future residential development. These plans must be approved by Council, giving Council some control, along with Heritage Victoria, over how the site will be developed. It is recommended that Council seek authorisation from the Minister for Planning to prepare and exhibit the Amendment.

Options

Council has the option of:

Supporting the amendment proposal and making a request to the Minister for Planning to authorise preparation and exhibition of the amendment (officers’ recommendation); or

Page 26: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 26

Refusing the request to prepare an amendment. Under the Planning and Environment Act 1987 there is no right of review of a council's decision not to support preparation of an amendment.

Resource Implications

Officer time will be required to prepare the Amendment documentation for authorisation, exhibition, manage the exhibition process and liaise with the Minister for Planning. The proponent has agreed to pay for the statutory fees and extra costs incurred by the City as per the Policy for private Planning Scheme Amendments adopted by Council. The amendment will introduce extra permit triggers into the planning scheme but this is to be expected with such a large development site in a prominent location. The resources used to assess these applications will be offset by fees and increased economic development.

Attachments

Draft Explanatory Report

Comprehensive Development Zone

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to: 1. Request the Minister for Planning to authorise Council to prepare Amendment

C204 to the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme. 2. When Authorised by the Minister, exhibit Amendment C204 to the Greater

Bendigo Planning Scheme giving notification as required for the minimum statutory exhibition period of one month.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Fyffe, Seconded Cr Lyons. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 27: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 27

3.2 PLANNING SCHEME AMENDMENT C130 - HEATHCOTE SUPERMARKET - CONSIDER AUTHORISATION REQUEST

Document Information

Author Emma Bryant – Coordinator Policies and Processes Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to recommend to Council that it request authorisation from the Minister for Planning to restart the formal process for Planning Scheme Amendment C130. This is a combined Planning Scheme Amendment and Planning Permit that will allow for the redevelopment and expansion of the existing, small and dated IGA supermarket to better cater for the future growth of the Heathcote Township. The Amendment request was made by BMS Retail Group Pty Ltd, C/- Centrum Town Planning. The Amendment proposes to rezone part of 13 and 17 Chauncey Street and 30 Playne Street, Heathcote from Residential 1 Zone to Commercial 1 Zone and remove the Neighbourhood Character Overlay. This proposal is an improvement on the previous one in terms of traffic, parking and design and has also addressed the residents’ concerns.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Sustainability

Strengthen the links between Greater Bendigo's past and future by protection and contemporary re-use of our heritage assets.

Background Information

The previous proposed amendment was withdrawn by the proponent after the exhibition, when 3 submissions were received from local residents that related mainly to traffic issues and adverse amenity impacts.

Page 28: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 28

A proposal to build at the rear of the site with car parking on High Street was then suggested by the proponent, however, they were told that this would not be supported on design and amenity grounds. A new design has now been submitted that includes additional land at 181 High Street that allows an extension of the existing frontage with car parking at the rear and truck access onto Playne Street removed. The proponents have discussed the new proposal with the previous 2 submitters (the third submitter is the owner of 181 High Street which has been purchased by the proponents), with the result that both submitters have now withdrawn their submissions in writing. This revised version of Amendment C130 and planning permit application DC/635/2011 is a request from the proponent to formally re-commence the Amendment process. This new request includes a new concept plan for the redevelopment and expansion of the supermarket and additional land at 181 High Street. The key steps in the Amendment process are summarised below:

Page 29: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 29

Previous Council Decisions 14 December 2011 – Council resolved to seek the authorisation of the Minister for Planning to start the formal process for this Planning Scheme Amendment.

Report

The Planning and Environment Act 1987 allows for a planning scheme amendment to be initiated by a municipal Council, or a Council can respond to a request for an amendment by any person or body.

Page 30: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 30

When requesting authorisation from the Minister for Planning, an Explanatory Report must be submitted that discusses the purpose, effects and strategic justification for the Amendment. Key issues identified in the Explanatory Report are summarised below. (Full copy attached). Land Affected by the Amendment & Permit The land affected by the amendment is 13 and 17 Chauncey Street and 30 Playne Street. It is currently zoned Residential 1 Zone and covered by the Neighbourhood Character Overlay 1 and is approximately 3,000 square metres in size. The land affected by the permit is 13 and 17 Chauncey Street, 30 Playne Street, 181 and 175-177 High Street. The land has a frontage to High Street of approximately 62 metres, frontage to Chauncey Street of approximately 100 metres and to Playne Street of approximately 60 metres. The land is on the south-eastern corner of Chauncey and High Streets. It is generally flat and does not contain any significant vegetation. There is a mix of residential and commercial land uses around the land with residences to the south and to the west across Chauncey Street. The Heathcote Winery is across Chauncey Street to the north-west of the site on the corner of High Street. Abutting the site to the east is the Union Hotel and across High Street to the north is another retail premises.

Figure 1: The current zoning of the site

Page 31: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 31

Figure 2: An aerial photo of the site (Flown 2010)

What the Amendment Does & What the Permit Allows

The Amendment seeks to facilitate the redevelopment and expansion of the existing supermarket by:

Rezoning three adjoining parcels of land from Residential 1 Zone to Commercial 1 Zone.

Removing the Neighbourhood Character Overlay Schedule 1 from the land currently zoned Residential 1 Zone.

The planning permit will allow the following:

Development of a new supermarket with increased leasable floor area of 1,824 square metres including sale of packaged liquor and specialty retail on the corner of Chauncey and High Streets.

Reduction of required car parking spaces,

Display business identification signage and;

Alteration of access to a Category 1 Road Zone. As a result of the application, the two dwellings at 13 and 17 Chauncey Street will be demolished. The Traffic Engineering Assessment Report (Cardno, 2013) submitted with the proposal has determined that 105 on-site car parking spaces will be required for the proposed development. This is consistent with the provisions of the Planning Scheme which provides for a rate of 5 spaces for every 100 square metres of leasable floor area of the supermarket and 3.5 spaces for every 100 square metre for the specialty shop. However, due to the proposed design and layout of the car park, reduction of 14 spaces is required as the proposal can provide only 91 on-site spaces. Additional car parking spaces are proposed to be provided on High Street and on Chauncey Street.

Page 32: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 32

Figure 3: Proposed site layout

Page 33: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 33

Figure 4: Proposed elevation plans

Social, Economic and Environmental Impacts

Page 34: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 34

Social The proposal will have a positive social effect for Heathcote by providing a larger supermarket for the area. The proposed redevelopment of the supermarket including provision of specialty retail will increase the attractiveness of Heathcote as a place to live and strengthen community spirit. The population of Heathcote increased by 1.7% between 2006 and 2011, and is ageing (Towns in Time, 2011). AGE PROFILE Heathcote is attracting a high proportion of older people. In 2011, 18% of the population was aged 75 or older. In 2001, this figure was 12%. It is likely that many people in this age group will be unwilling to travel large distances to larger towns such as Bendigo for their daily shopping needs. This Amendment would contribute to cater for the needs of this population. EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES In 2011, 15% of all employed people in Heathcote worked in the retail sector (Towns in Time, 2011). For the same period, the township of Heathcote recorded a higher unemployment rate (9.7%) than Bendigo (5.2%). As the redevelopment of the supermarket is expected to increase its workforce from 60 to 85, this will have a positive effect on employment opportunities for Heathcote. It can also potentially contribute to positively change the social life of the existing community by reducing their travel time to basic services and work. Economic The Amendment will generally have positive effects on the local economy of Heathcote. It is expected to result in a net community benefit as it will increase the range of retail choice within the Heathcote Township and will provide some stimulation of the local economy through the provision of additional employment. REDUCTION OF ESCAPE EXPENDITURE FROM HEATHCOTE The development of a full-line supermarket will provide a wider range of goods for local customers, equivalent to supermarkets in bigger towns. This will reduce escape expenditure to other towns and it can potentially stimulate opportunities for growth in the local retail sector. It will also encourage people who pass through the town to stop for the wider range of goods and services available at the store, with the potential for flow on effects to other businesses.

Page 35: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 35

THE POSITIVE FLOW-ON EFFECT TO OTHER LOCAL BUSINESSES

The redevelopment of the supermarket will represent a visible sign of progress and prosperity in Heathcote because of its size and design. At the same time, the expected improvements in employment opportunities both during construction and operational stages, are likely to benefit other local businesses as a flow-on effect. The Amendment is likely to have a positive effect on the economic growth of the immediate and surrounding areas.

POTENTIAL NEGATIVE EFFECTS ON SMALLER RETAIL BUSINESSES

Although the redevelopment of this supermarket will have mostly positive impacts on the local economy, it can potentially impact negatively on smaller, local retail businesses because of its size. However, only retail businesses selling products available in a full-line supermarket are expected to be impacted upon. Environmental This Amendment will have positive environmental effects by reducing the need for residents of Heathcote to travel to other centres for their shopping needs. ENVIRONMENTAL SIGNIFICANCE OVERLAY (SCHEDULE 3)

The Amendment will not affect any ecological systems or natural resources. The land affected by the Amendment is within the Environmental Significance Overlay Schedule 3, the purpose of which is to ensure the protection and maintenance of water quality within the Eppalock Water Supply Catchment Area. No planning permit is required under this overlay for the proposed development.

HERITAGE (HEATHCOTE PRECINCT, HO723)

The Heritage Overlay applies to 13 Chauncey Street, the existing supermarket site at 175-177 High Street and 181 High Street. The overlay relates to the “Heathcote Precinct’ (HO723). The Heathcote precinct is of local historic, aesthetic, scientific and social significance to the City of Greater Bendigo.

DEMOLITION OF DWELLINGS

The two dwellings proposed to be demolished date from after the Second World War and are not of heritage significance. A planning permit has previously been granted to remove the Victorian era dwelling at 13 Chauncey Street as it was relocated to the site in the 1950’s. The second dwelling is located at 17 Chauncey Street, was constructed circa 1950 and is of a contemporary design. As the Amendment also proposes to remove the NCO covering the site, no planning permission will be required to demolish this dwelling.

Page 36: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 36

THE DESIGN OF THE PROPOSED SUPERMARKET

The proposed new supermarket building has been designed to respond to the historic values of the precinct in a number of ways. The long High Street frontage has been broken up into a number of smaller visual sections through the use of different verandah and other treatments. This will ensure that the form of the new building does not detract from nearby buildings that contribute to the significance of the heritage precinct. The contemporary design and use of a range of modern materials and finishes in the façade will ensure that the building is easily recognised as a modern building in a heritage streetscape.

VEHICLE MOVEMENTS

In relation to the traffic impacts, it is estimated that the Amendment will result in an increase in car movements from 185 to 295 movements per hour during the Saturday peak hour (Cardno, 2013). It is estimated that 60% of vehicles entering the site will do so via High Street and that 60% will exit the site via Chauncy Street (Cardno, 2013). The construction works during the redevelopment of the supermarket will result in some noise, dust and activity mainly due to movements of construction vehicles. To address this, there is a condition on the draft planning permit where a construction management plan will be required to be submitted for prior approval. Strategic Justification – Planning Context The Amendment is supported by the following clauses in the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme: State Planning Policy Framework

Clause 11.01 (Activity centres) by consolidating retail activity in an existing activity centre in Heathcote that is highly accessible to the local community by different forms of transport. By expanding the supermarket in the existing spot the retail area will remain in the current location.

Clause 11.05 (Regional Development), by promoting development in Regional Victoria that will assist in creating a resilient community.

15.01-2 (Urban design principles) encourages developments that are safe, functional and provide good quality environments with a sense of place and cultural identity. The development addresses this policy by achieving an architectural and urban design outcome that contributes positively to the character of High Street, enhance the public realm and pedestrian linkages, while minimising detrimental impact on neighbouring properties.

15.01-2 (Heritage) by respecting historic precedents and creating a worthy legacy for future generations.

17.01-1 (Business), by encouraging development that meets the community’s needs for retail services in a highly accessible location close to other shops.

Page 37: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 37

18.02-5 (Car parking) by ensuring an adequate supply of car parking that is appropriately designed and located to meet likely demand, as forecast through a detailed traffic engineering assessment.

Local Planning Policy Framework The Municipal Strategic Statement at Clause 21.05-1 recognises that Heathcote and other smaller towns in the municipality are the focal points for their local communities. The clause identifies the challenges that face these towns, which include maintaining existing service levels and building upon opportunities in housing, tourism and services. The proposal will help to meet these challenges by reinforcing the retail base of the town and by providing a modern, attractive and safe retail facility for local residents and visitors.

Consultation/Communication

The proponent has undertaken consultation with previous submitters, as discussed earlier. Consultation has also occurred with VicRoads and the City's Traffic Engineering Department. Neither of these two authorities have objected to the revised proposal. VicRoads has, however, provided comments on the number of car parking spaces and the design of the exit/entry on High Street. The City's Traffic Engineer commented on the design of the proposed pedestrian linkage, entrances off the highway (High Street) and design of car parking spaces. The proponent is currently working with these two authorities to address the concerns they have raised. All landholders and occupiers will be notified of the Amendment/Permit and proposed changes, once authorisation to exhibit has been obtained. The documents will be publicly exhibited for a minimum of a month, as required under the Planning and Environment Act 1987. The City must give notice of Amendments to all owners and occupiers who may be materially affected by an Amendment, together with prescribed Ministers and public authorities. The Amendment will also be exhibited in the Government Gazette, the Bendigo Advertiser Newspaper and the McIvor Times. Conclusion The Amendment and Planning Application seek to allow for the redevelopment and expansion of the existing Heathcote IGA supermarket and associated car park, sale of package liquor, reduction of required car parking spaces, display of business identification signage and alteration of access to a Category 1 Road Zone. The revised proposal is an improvement on the previous one and will be a good outcome for Heathcote. It is recommended that Council seek authorisation from the Minister for Planning to prepare and exhibit the Amendment.

Page 38: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 38

Options

Council has the option of:

Supporting the amendment proposal and making a request to the Minister for Planning to authorise preparation and exhibition of the amendment.

Refusing the request to prepare an amendment. Under the Planning and Environment Act 1987 there is no right of review of a council's decision not to support preparation of an amendment.

Requesting further information. The Amendment application documentation is not sufficiently comprehensive for a request to the Minster at this time and would require considerable financial investment to address all issues. It is considered that further investigation would not resolve the critical issues of the proposal.

Resource Implications

There will be minimal effect on the future resources of the Planning Unit. Officer time will be required to prepare the Amendment documentation for authorisation, exhibition, manage the exhibition process and liaise with the Minister for Planning. The proponent has agreed to pay for the statutory fees and extra costs incurred by the City as per the Policy for Private Planning Scheme Amendments adopted by Council.

Attachments

Explanatory report

Draft permit

Photo of dwellings proposed to be demolished

Traffic movement concept layout plan

Page 39: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 39

RECOMMENDATION:

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to: 1. Request the Minister for Planning to authorise Council to prepare Amendment C130

to the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme.

2. Agree to the request to consider the application for the planning permit concurrently with the Amendment.

3. When authorised by the Minister, exhibit Amendment C130 to the Greater Bendigo

Planning Scheme and the planning permit application. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Campbell, Seconded Cr Leach. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 40: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 40

3.3 53 & 59 CASSINIA DRIVE, JUNORTOUN - STAGED SUBDIVISION OF THE LAND INTO 56 LOTS AND THE REMOVAL OF NATIVE VEGETATION

Document Information

Author Stephen Wainwright, Coordinator Subdivisions Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: Subdivision of the land into 56 lots and the removal of native vegetation

Application No: DS/539/2012

Applicant: Spiire Australia Pty Ltd

Land: 53 & 59 Cassinia Drive, JUNORTOUN

Zoning: Residential 1 Zone

Overlays: Bushfire Management Overlay

No. of objections: 5 objections, including a petition containing 7 signatures

Consultation meeting held:

June 2013.

Key considerations: This report concerns a planning permit application to subdivide 6ha of land located in Cassinia Drive Junortoun, adjacent to the McIvor Forest housing estate. The subdivision will yield 56 lots and will feature road connections to the McIvor Forest Estate. Local residents have objected to the proposed subdivision. The key issues of concern centre on the density of the proposed subdivision and the effect that construction traffic will have on Cassinia Drive. Residents also oppose the interface between some of the lots and the existing homes in Cassinia Drive. The plan has been revised to delete a proposed through-road to Cassinia Drive. This has largely addressed one of the key grounds of objection.

Conclusion: The report recommends that a permit be granted for the subdivision, subject to conditions. The proposed subdivision density is acceptable in the context of the area and the existing street network can cater for the traffic generated by the subdivision. The subdivision will not have a detrimental impact on the amenity of the neighbourhood.

Page 41: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 41

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

The site and its surrounds are described by the applicant thus:

"The subject site consists of two separate parcels of approximately 6ha in total area and approximately 150m frontage to Cassinia Drive. The subject site is located at 53 & 59 Cassinia Drive Junortoun, on the eastern side of Cassinia Drive, and is formally identified as Lots 1 & 2 PS 30412. Both properties contain existing dwellings and a dam is located in the south western corner of the site. The topography is relatively flat with native vegetation scattered throughout the site. As assessment of the land has identified the vegetation as having 'medium' conservation significance. The subject site is located within an existing residential area of Bendigo with a diverse mix of urban and conservation/recreation uses surrounding the site. The approved residential development known as the McIvor Forest Estate surrounds the majority of the site. The large Recreation reserve under development as part of the overall estate abuts the eastern boundary of the subject land. Existing low density residential development is located to the northwest, along Cassinia Drive. Additional low density residential development has been approved to the southwest along with an extension to the Greater Bendigo National Park. To the west, on the opposite side of Cassinia Drive, is the Greater Bendigo National Park. The immediate Junortoun area around the subject land is a rapidly developing residential area and a short drive to the Bendigo city centre. The area is well located in terms of access to community services and facilities, as well as to public transport facilities.

Page 42: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 42

The housing stock in the vicinity is a mix of single and two storey detached dwellings with no obvious or prominent architectural style. The area does not exhibit any particular landscape character with irregular front and side setbacks and varying front fencing styles."

Figure 1: A location map showing the site. The objectors' properties are marked with a star.

Figure 2: An aerial photograph showing the site.

Proposal

It is proposed to subdivide the site into 56 residential lots. A new street network, comprising 16m wide sealed streets with kerb and channel, will be provided off McIvor Forest Drive to service the lots in the subdivision. All the lots will be connected to reticulated sewer, water, gas, electricity and telephone infrastructure.

Page 43: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 43

Lot sizes will vary throughout the subdivision. All the lots will be greater than 700m2 with most being around 750m2 - 850m2. The largest lots will be located at the Cassinia Drive end of the site which is the area closest to the National Park and covered by a Bushfire Management Overlay under the Planning Scheme. The lots at this end of the site will be greater than 1,000m2 and some of these lots will contain building envelopes in order to provide a buffer from adjacent forested areas. All native vegetation on the site will be removed or will be deemed to have been lost as a result of the subdivision. An existing dwelling on the site will be retained within the boundaries of Lot 3. A 7m wide walkway will provide a pedestrian link between the new internal street network and Cassinia Drive.

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The site is in the Residential 1 Zone. The Bushfire Management Overlay covers the western part of the site. A permit is required under the zone and overlay provisions to subdivide the site. The native vegetation provisions in the Scheme (clause 52.17) also trigger a permit to remove native vegetation on the site. The following clauses in the Planning Scheme are relevant to the application.

Page 44: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 44

State Planning Policy Framework Regional development (clause 11.05). Biodiversity (clause 12.01). Wildfire (clause 13.05). Urban environment (clause 15.01). Sustainable development (clause 15.02). Heritage (clause 15.03). Residential development (clause 16.01). Movement networks (clause 18.02). Development infrastructure (clause 19.03). Municipal Strategic Statement Municipal profile (clause 21.01). Key issues and influences (clause 21.02). Vision - strategic framework (clause 21.03). Strategic directions (clause 21.04). Settlement (clause 21.05). Housing (clause 21.06). Reference documents (clause 21.10). Local Planning Policies Development at the urban-forest interface policy (clause 22.01). Salinity and erosion risk policy (clause 22.04). Other Provisions Residential 1 Zone (clause 32.01). Bushfire Management Overlay (clause 44.06). Native vegetation (clause 52.17). Residential subdivision (clause 56). Decision guidelines (clause 65). Referral and notice provisions (clause 66).

Consultation/Communication

Referrals The following authorities and internal departments have been consulted on the proposal:

Referral Comment

Coliban Water No objection subject to conditions

Powercor No objection subject to conditions

Tenix No objection subject to conditions

CFA No objection subject to conditions

DEPI No objection subject to conditions

Development Engineer (internal) No objection subject to conditions

Page 45: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 45

Public Notification The application was advertised to the public by mail and an on-site notice. A total of five objections were received to the application, including a petition containing seven signatures. There was originally concern amongst many of the objectors regarding a through-link that was proposed between McIvor Forest Drive and Cassinia Drive. The developer subsequently revised the plan to remove this link and replace it with a pedestrian walkway. The revision has largely addressed this ground of objection. The remaining issues in dispute concern the density of the subdivision and potential traffic impacts. There are also issues regarding the interface between the subdivision and existing homes to the north of the site in Cassinia Drive. A consultation meeting was held to discuss these issues with the objectors.

Planning Assessment

What is the physical context of the site? The McIvor Forest Estate forms the main physical context for the site. The staged development of this estate has progressively transformed the area from a low density, semi-rural environment to a conventional suburban neighbourhood. The proposed subdivision will for all intents and purposes be perceived to be a stage of the McIvor Forest Estate. It's clear then that any subdivision of the site must integrate with the estate. The site also adjoins undeveloped land to the north which is currently the subject of a planning scheme amendment to rezone the land from a low density zone to a Residential 1 zone - known as the "Duncan Court" development. There are plans to create residential lots as part of the amendment. The proposed subdivision shows proper regard to this site context. The proposed subdivision layout has been prepared in consultation with the developer of the Duncan Court development. As a result the two development schemes are compatible and their layouts are integrated (see the outline development plan below). A proposed extension of Duncan Court will link the two developments in a north-south direction. There will also be an east-west road that will mark the boundary between the properties. The cost of constructing this road will be shared. The proposed street network internal to the subdivision will also integrate with the McIvor Forest Estate. The subdivision will provide for a street connection to McIvor Forest Drive which is the main thoroughfare within the estate. A secondary connection will be also be available through to Duncan Court (subject to the Duncan Court development being approved and constructed).

Page 46: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 46

Is the proposed density acceptable? Most of the lots in the subdivision will be around 700m2 to 850m2. Larger lots up to 2,475m2 will be provided at the Cassinia Drive end of the site where bushfire constraints result in the need for building setbacks and defendable space areas.

Page 47: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 47

The creation of conventional suburban house lots down to 700m2 will be consistent with the density pattern that is emerging as a result of the McIvor Forest Estate. Lot sizes found within the McIvor Forest Estate are directly comparable to those envisaged by the proposed subdivision. The placement of the larger lots at the western end of the subdivision corresponds with the location of existing semi-rural properties that address Cassinia Drive. The frontage width of these existing properties is generally around 35m to 40m. These properties no longer represent the norm within the precinct and it's this author's opinion that the proposed subdivision shouldn't be made to match their appearance. Nonetheless the proposed subdivision does show some regard to the existing streetscape of Cassinia Drive by creating four low density lots along this frontage. The frontage widths of these lots will be no less than 22m, with the largest of the four lots having a 66m abuttal to Cassinia Drive. The proposed subdivision will achieve a lot yield of 1:1071m2 and in the context of the above analysis is an appropriate development density for the area. Is the proposed interface to the north acceptable? Part of the site abuts the boundary of an existing residential property at No.49 Cassinia Drive. This property forms part of a row of four semi-rural homes which front Cassinia Drive to the north of the site. Some of these property owners argue that the proposed subdivision will affect their amenity due to interface issues. The objectors have two main concerns. First, it is argued that the proposed lot density is too high adjacent to the common boundary between the site and No.49 Cassinia Drive. The subdivision envisages three new lots along this boundary, the smallest of these being 785m2. Second, there is an objection to the removal of a row of native trees adjacent to the boundary of No.49 Cassinia Drive. The row of trees forms a screening hedge. Removal of the trees will reduce the visual privacy of No.49 Cassinia Drive and, to some extent, its neighbours. The developer is willing to retain the first 50m of the tree hedge but the balance of the hedge will need to be removed to accommodate services. The developer has offered to work with owners of No.49 Cassinia Drive to implement alternative screening measures such as new plantings within their own property boundary. This author is satisfied that the proposed interface between the subdivision and the Cassinia Drive properties will not be an unreasonable one. The property at No.49 Cassinia Drive enjoys the benefit of the existing tree hedge but it should not rely on the hedge to be a permanent amenity feature. If the owners want to protect their property from overlooking then the obligation falls to them to undertake plantings on their own property. Furthermore, while the removal of the tree hedge will reduce the visual privacy of No.49 Cassinia Drive the level of exposure won't be more than in many other domestic settings. The retention of the part of the tree hedge will also assist in minimising the change in visual privacy conditions. With regards to lot density the addition of three new lots along the boundary of No.49 Cassinia Drive isn't considered excessive

Page 48: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 48

Figure 3: Aerial photograph showing the tree hedge adjacent to No.49 Cassinia Drive

Will the subdivision cause adverse traffic impacts? The revised plan, which deletes the proposed vehicular through-link to Cassinia Drive, addresses most of the objector's concerns about traffic impacts. However, one resident of McIvor Forest Drive has a remaining concern about the McIvor Forest Drive/Trotting Terrace intersection. They argue that the proposed subdivision will exacerbate safety problems at the intersection, particularly the propensity for cars to enter McIvor Forest Drive from Trotting Terrace at excessive speed. McIvor Forest Drive is designated as a Connector Street which has been designed to accommodate a traffic volume of 3,000 vehicle movements per day. Current traffic volumes in McIvor Forest Drive are well below this design threshold. Upon its completion the proposed subdivision will generate approximately 520 vehicle movements per day. This amount of additional traffic can be easily accommodated by McIvor Forest Drive and is well within its design limits. There is no reason to conclude that the proposed subdivision will be problematic from a traffic impact perspective. Should construction vehicles be restricted from Cassinia Drive? Construction activity is an issue for some of the objectors. It is argued that construction vehicles shouldn't be allowed to use Cassinia Drive because this would have adverse amenity impacts on existing homes in Cassinia Drive. While these concerns are understandable they need to be balanced against other considerations. Excluding construction vehicles from Cassinia Drive would direct traffic through the McIvor Forest Estate. This would arguably affect a greater number of residents and would expose a longer section of council's road network to potential damage. Cassinia Drive offers a direct route to the site in contrast to accessing the site via McIvor Forest Drive. In this author's opinion these factors argue against quarantining Cassinia Drive from construction vehicles.

Page 49: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 49

It should be noted though that Cassinia Drive will only be subject to construction activity associated with the subdivision phase of the development. Upon completion of the subdivision individual house builders will have no option other than to rely on McIvor Forest Drive for access to the site, accept for the four lots that are proposed to front Cassinia Drive. Should a pedestrian access to Cassinia Drive be allowed? The proposed pedestrian walkway is a positive feature of the proposed subdivision layout from an urban design perspective. The walkway will allow pedestrians and cyclists a safe and convenient connection point between the proposed internal street network and Cassinia Drive. Some of the objectors hold doubts about the walkway because they believe it has the potential to become a vehicle thoroughfare, either through opportunistic use by cars or because one day Council may designate the walkway as a road. Such concerns are unfounded. Bollards will be installed at the ends of the walkway to prevent vehicular access. And the walkway is too narrow to ever meet the design requirements of a Council road. In this context the walkway will only ever have a pedestrian or cyclist function. Does the subdivision address bushfire risk? The site is adjacent to a National Park and thus the site is at risk from bushfire. The siting and layout of the proposed subdivision will minimise this bushfire risk to an acceptable level in accordance with the CFA's requirements. The proposed lots within the Bushfire Management Overlay (BMO) will be subject to restrictions and building requirements. Dwellings on lots within the BMO will be constructed to the standard of Bushfire Attack Level 19 (BAL 19), excluding Lot 3 which will contain an existing house. Defendable space will be set aside on those lots closest to the neighbouring forest. Each lot in the BMO will need to have a water tank for fire-fighting purposes in addition to a mains water supply. Overall these measures satisfy the provisions in the Planning Scheme concerning bushfire protection. Does the subdivision comply with clause 56 in the Planning Scheme? The proposal complies with all the subdivision design objectives in clause 56 of the Planning Scheme. The lots in the subdivision will be fully serviced and they will enjoy a high standard of amenity owing to their solar orientation, pedestrian and vehicular linkages and access to recreational assets. All the lots will be capable of accommodating a suburban house with generous space for a garden and backyard. Other matters The subdivision will necessitate the removal of four patches of native vegetation on the site. The vegetation is classed as being of medium conservation significance. The proposed vegetation losses are acceptable given that the site is within a residential precinct and in the future will be largely surrounded by suburban housing.

Page 50: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 50

Conclusion

For the reasons discussed above it is concluded that the subdivision envisaged by the permit application meets the requirements of the Planning Scheme and on this basis a permit should be granted.

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority for administering the Planning Scheme may resolve to: grant a permit, grant a permit with conditions, or refuse to grant a permit.

Attachments

Objections.

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to issue a Notice of Decision to Grant a Permit for the land at 53 and 59 Cassinia Drive, Junortoun which allows for the staged subdivision of the land and the removal of native vegetation subject to the following conditions: 1. PLANS TO BE ENDORSED

The plan to be endorsed and which will then form part of the permit is the Version 10C plan submitted with the application on 14/3/2013.

2. LAYOUT MUST NOT BE ALTERED The layout of the subdivision as shown on the endorsed plans must not be altered without the written consent of the responsible authority.

3. ORDER OF STAGES The subdivision of the land must proceed in the order of stages as shown on the endorsed plan expect with the written consent of the responsible authority.

4. PUBLIC OPEN SPACE CONTRIBUTION Before a statement of compliance is issued for the subdivision the owner of the land must pay to the responsible authority a sum equivalent to 5% of the site value of all the land in the subdivision.

5. ROAD RESERVE ON ADJOINING LAND Before a statement of compliance is issued for Stage 1of the subdivision any part of the proposed road reserve that is contained on adjoining land must be set aside and created in favour of the City of Greater Bendigo.

6. LANDSCAPE PLAN Before a statement of compliance is issued for each stage of the subdivision a landscape plan to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority for the relevant stage. When approved, the plan will be endorsed and then form part of the permit.

Page 51: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 51

7. COMPLETION OF LANDSCAPING Before a statement of compliance is issued for each stage of the subdivision the landscaping works shown on the endorsed landscape plan must be carried out and completed for that stage to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

8. LANDSCAPING MAINTENANCE The landscaping works shown on the endorsed plans must be maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority for 12 months after the works are completed, including that any dead, diseased or damaged plants are to be replaced.

9. DETAILED DRAINAGE Prior to the certification of the plan of subdivision under the Subdivision Act 1988, plans to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved, the plans will be endorsed and then will form part of the permit. The plans must be drawn to scale with dimensions. The plans must include: (a) Direction of stormwater run-off. (b) A point of discharge for each lot. (c) Independent drainage for each lot.

10. DRAINAGE EASEMENTS The subdivision must provide easements for drainage within and through the subject land for external outfall drainage to a point of lawful discharge to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

11. STORMWATER DETENTION Before a statement of compliance is issued for the subdivision the developer must provide onsite surface and stormwater detention to pre-development levels in accordance with plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

12. STORMWATER QUALITY Before the subdivision starts the developer must provide a stormwater treatment system to achieve the Best Practice Environmental Guidelines storm water quality (Victoria Stormwater Committee 1999) in accordance with plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

13. DRAINAGE WORKS Prior to the issue of the statement of compliance for the subdivision, drainage works must be constructed in accordance with plans approved by the responsible authority.

14. CONSTRUCTION OF WORKS Road works, drainage and other civil works must be constructed in accordance with the Infrastructure Design Manual and plans and specifications approved by the responsible authority and must include: Internal roads: (a) Fully sealed pavement with kerb and channel. (b) 1.5m paved footpaths.

Page 52: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 52

(c) Underground drainage. (d) Underground conduits for water, gas, electricity and telephone. (e) Appropriate intersection and traffication measures. (f) Appropriate street lighting and signage. (g) High stability permanent survey marks. Cassinia Drive: (a) Reconstruct to 8.0m wide fully sealed pavement.

15. DECORATIVE LIGHTING If decorative lighting is to be used within the subdivision: (a) The lighting style must be consistent with the McIvor Forest Estate decorative

lighting style. (b) The applicant must submit for approval full details of any proposed decorative

lighting to the responsible authority. (c) Before a statement of compliance is issued the developer must make a

decorative lighting payment to the responsible authority in accordance with Table 15 of the Infrastructure Design Manual.

16. PUBLIC ASSETS

Before the development starts, the owner or developer must submit to the responsible authority a written report and photos of any prior damage to public infrastructure. Listed in the report must be the condition of kerb and channel, footpath, seal, street lights, signs and other public infrastructure fronting the property and abutting at least two properties either side of the development. Unless identified with the written report, any damage to infrastructure post construction will be attributed to the development. The owner or developer of the subject land must pay for any damage caused to any public infrastructure caused as a result of the development or use permitted by this permit.

17. CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT PLAN Prior to commencement of works the owner or applicant must submit a Construction Management Plan (CMP) for approval by the responsible authority. The plan must include: (a) A site specific plan showing proposed erosion and sedimentation control works. (b) Techniques and intervention levels to prevent a dust nuisance. (c) Techniques to prevent mud and dirt being transported from the site to adjacent

streets. (d) The protection measures taken to preserve any vegetation identified for

retention. During construction of works associated with the subdivision, the must employ and provide the protection methods contained in the CMP to the satisfaction of the responsible authority and the Environment Protection Agency.

18. COLIBAN WATER (a) The owner is required to provide reticulated water and sewerage services to

each of the lots within the subdivision. Services are to be provided in accordance with Coliban Water’s specifications.

(b) All Coliban Water assets within the subdivision, both existing and proposed, are to be protected by an easement in favour of Coliban Region Water Corporation.

Page 53: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 53

19. POWERCOR

(a) The plan of subdivision submitted for certification under the Subdivision Act 1988 shall be referred to Powercor Australia Ltd in accordance with Section 8 of that Act.

(b) The applicant shall: Provide an electricity supply to all lots in the subdivision in accordance with Powercor’s requirements and standards, including the extension, augmentation or re-arrangement of any existing electricity supply system, as required by Powercor (A payment to cover the cost of such work will be required). In the event that a supply is not provided the applicant shall provide a written undertaking to Powercor Australia Ltd that prospective purchasers will be so informed.

(c) The applicant shall: Where buildings or other installations exist on the land to be subdivided and are connected to the electricity supply, they shall be brought into compliance with the Service and Installation Rules issued by the Victorian Electricity Supply Industry. The applicant shall arrange compliance through a Registered Electrical Contractor.

(d) The applicant shall: Set aside on the plan of subdivision for the use of Powercor Australia Ltd reserves and/or easements, and/or leases, satisfactory to Powercor Australia Ltd where any electric substation (other than a pole mounted type) is required to service the subdivision.

(e) The applicant shall: Provide easements satisfactory to Powercor Australia Ltd, where easements have not been otherwise provided, for all existing Powercor Australia Ltd electric lines on the land and for any new powerlines required to service the lots and adjoining land, save for lines located, or to be located, on public roads set out on the plan. These easements shall show on the plan an easement(s) in favour of "Powercor Australia Ltd" for “Powerline Purposes” pursuant to Section 88 of the Electricity Industry Act 2000.

(f) The applicant shall: Obtain for the use of Powercor Australia Ltd any other easement external to the subdivision required to service the lots.

(g) The applicant shall: Adjust the position of any existing easement(s) for powerlines to accord with the position of the line(s) as determined by survey.

(h) The applicant shall: Obtain Powercor Australia Ltd’s approval for lot boundaries within any area affected by an easement for a powerline and for the construction of any works in such an area.

(i) The applicant shall: Provide to Powercor Australia Ltd, a copy of the version of the plan of subdivision submitted for certification, which shows any amendments which have been required.

(j) Any buildings must comply with the clearances required by the Electricity Safety (Network Assets) Regulations.

(k) Any construction work must comply with the Officer of the Chief Electrical Inspector No Go Zone rules.

20. TENIX

The plan of subdivision submitted for certification must be referred to SP AusNet (Gas) in accordance with Section 8 of the Subdivision Act 1988.

Page 54: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 54

21. TELECOMMUNICATIONS (a) The owner of the land must enter into an agreement with:

• A telecommunications network or service provider for the provision of telecommunication services to each lot shown on the endorsed plan in accordance with the provider’s requirements and relevant legislation at the time.

• A suitably qualified person for the provision of fibre ready telecommunication facilities to each lot shown on the endorsed plan in accordance with any industry specifications or any standards set by the Australian Communications and Media Authority, unless the applicant can demonstrate that the land is in an area where the National Broadband Network will not be provided by optical fibre.

(b) Before the issue of a statement of compliance for any stage of the subdivision under the Subdivision Act 1988, the owner of the land must provide written confirmation from: • A telecommunications network or service provider that all lots are connected

to or are ready for connection to telecommunications services in accordance with the provider’s requirements and relevant legislation at the time.

• A suitably qualified person that fibre ready telecommunication facilities have been provided in accordance with any industry specifications or any standards set by the Australian Communications and Media Authority, unless the applicant can demonstrate that the land is in an area where the National Broadband Network will not be provided by optical fibre.

22. COUNTRY FIRE AUTHORITY

Amended plans required: Before the plan of subdivision is certified under the Subdivision Act 1988 the 'Bushfire Management Plan' (Drawing No. 133944-PPSV8B) must be amended to the satisfaction of the CFA and the responsible authority and must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved the plan will be endorsed and then form part of the permit. The plans must be substantially in accordance with the plans submitted with the application but modified to: (a) Remove the existing text under the heading titled 'water supply' and replace it

with the following text: "Any static water supply required must: • Have a minimum capacity of not less than 5,000 litres. • Be maintained and used solely for fire fighting purposes. • Be stored in an above ground water tank constructed of concrete, steel or

corrugated iron". (b) Remove the title and all text under the heading titled 'outer zone'. (c) Rename the existing heading titled 'inner zone' to 'defendable space - inner

zone'. (d) Remove the words 'should' and replace with 'must' within all text under the

heading titled 'defendable space - inner zone'. (e) Include a new section titled 'building construction' which includes the following

text beneath: "Within Lots 1, 2, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 - Bushfire Attack level 19 (BAL-19)".

Page 55: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 55

Mandatory condition: Before the statement of compliance is issued under the Subdivision Act 1988 the owner must enter into an agreement with the responsible authority under Section 173 of the Planning and Environment Act 1987 and make application to the Registrar of Titles to have the agreement registered on the title to the land under Section 181 of the Act. The agreement must set out the following matters: (a) That it has been prepared for the purpose of an exemption from a planning

permit under Clause 44.06-1 of this planning scheme. (b) The building envelope and defendable space envelope to achieve the Bushfire

Attack Level approved under this permit. (c) Any vegetation management requirements to implement the defendable space

approved under this permit. (d) The access and water supply requirements approved under this permit. The land owner must pay the reasonable costs of the preparation, execution and registration of the Section 173 Agreement. Supporting conditions: In addition to the matters set out in clause 44.06-4 of the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme and the above condition the section 173 Agreement prepared in accordance with clause 44.06-4 must: (a) Explicitly exclude the option to vary the requirements of the agreement through

another planning permit. (b) Explicitly exclude Lot 3 from being provided with an exemption from a planning

permit under clause 44.06-1 of the planning scheme. (c) Specify that any dwelling or dependent person's unit constructed within Lots 1,

2, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 must not be constructed within the area of defendable space, as designated on the endorsed 'Bushfire Management Plan'.

(d) Specify that all vegetation within Lots 50 to 56 and Lots 1 to 10 (including Lot 3) must at all times (and regardless of whether a dwelling is located on the land or not) must be maintained to the 'defendable space - inner zone' prescriptions specified on the endorsed 'Bushfire Management Plan'.

(e) Specify that any dwelling or dependant persons unit constructed within Lots 1, 2, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 must be constructed and maintained to a Bushfire Attack Level (in accordance with the relevant sections of AS3959-2009) of not less than as specified on the endorsed 'Bushfire Management Plan'.

(f) Specify that any dwelling or dependant persons unit constructed within Lots 1, 2, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55 and 56 must be provided with a static water source meeting at least the requirements specified on the endorsed 'Bushfire Management Plan'.

(g) Specify that the bushfire protection measures forming part of section 173 agreement and the planning permit and endorsed plans, including those relating to construction standards (BAL), defendable space, water supply and access and including those relating to Lot 3 must be maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority and the relevant fire authority on a continuing basis.

(h) Include a copy of the 'Bushfire Management Plan' endorsed under this permit as an annexure to the section 173 agreement.

Initial implementation of defendable space: Before the statement of compliance is issued under the Subdivision Act 1988 defendable space on each lot (including Lot 3) must, to the satisfaction of the responsible authority, be implemented to at least the extent shown on the endorsed 'Bushfire management Plan'.

Page 56: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 56

Water supply for Lot 3: Before the statement of compliance is issued under the Subdivision Act 1988 a static water supply within Lot 3 must, to the satisfaction of the responsible authority, be installed and must meet the water supply requirements as specified on the endorsed 'Bushfire Management Plan'.

23. DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT AND PRIMARY INDUSTRIES (a) In order to offset:

• 1.87 habitat hectares of Box ironbark Forest Ecological Vegetation Class of Medium conservation significance.

• 3 Medium scattered trees of Low conservation significance. • 7 Small trees of Low conservation significance approved for removal as part of this permit, the applicant must provide offsets to achieve the targets as identified in Tables 3 and 5 of the report titled ‘Ecological Assessment with Net gain for removal of vegetation Cassinia Drive Junortoun’ by Garry and Brenda Cheers, March 2012, or an alternative to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

(b) To provide the required offset, within 12 months of the vegetation removal or prior to the issue of statement of compliance, whichever is sooner, the applicant or owner must either: • Provide to the responsible authority, an Allocated Credit Extract issued by the

Department of Environment and Primary Industries Native Vegetation Credit Register which satisfies the required offset, or.

• Commence management of an offsite in accordance with an offset plan endorsed by the responsible authority. The offset plan must include how the targets outlined in the report titled ‘Ecological Assessment with Net gain for removal of vegetation Cassinia Drive Junortoun’ by Garry and Brenda Cheers, March 2012, are to be achieved including but not limited to: • Description of the site where the offset will be provided, including a site

plan. • Schedule of works to achieve the offset over a 10 year period, detailing

the: • Management actions to be performed (e.g. fencing, weed control,

pest control, revegetation). • Person(s) responsible for implementing the specific management

actions. • Timeline for the implementation of the management actions. • Method by which management actions will be undertaken. • Standard to which management actions will be undertaken.

When approved, the offset plan will be endorsed and will then form part of the permit.

(c) Within 12 months of vegetation removal or prior to the issue of statement of compliance whichever is sooner: • The endorsed offset site must be permanently protected to the satisfaction of

the responsible authority, ie. via an encumbrance on title. • A copy of the endorsed plan and protection mechanism, eg. title showing

encumbrance, must be lodged with the Department of Environment and Primary Industries.

Page 57: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 57

The applicant must pay the reasonable costs for the preparation, execution and registration of the on-title agreement.

(d) At two, five and ten years after the approval of the offset plan, the applicant must provide a written report to the Department of Environment and Primary Industries that outlines the management actions undertaken towards the management of the offset as specified in the offset plan.

24. EXPIRY OF THE PERMIT

This permit will expire unless: (a) All stages of the approved subdivision have been certified within five years of

the date of this permit; or (b) Any stage of the approved subdivision is not completed within five years of the

certification of the plan of subdivision under the Subdivision Act 1988. The responsible authority may extend the time for certification of a plan of any stage of the subdivision if a request is made in writing before the permit expires, or thereafter, within the period allowed by section 69 of the Planning and Environment Act 1987.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Williams, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 58: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 58

3.4 7 GLENCOE STREET, KENNINGTON 3550 - 10 LOT SUBDIVISION OF LAND AND CONSTRUCTION OF 10 DWELLINGS

Document Information

Author Bryce Kilian, Statutory Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: 10 lot subdivision & construction of 10 dwellings

Application No: DSD/94/2013

Applicant: Steflok Investments Pty Ltd

Land: 7 Glencoe Street, KENNINGTON 3550

Zoning: Residential 1 Zone

Overlays: None

No. of objections: 4

Consultation meeting held:

No - owing to the similarities between this proposal and the previous proposal and the objecting parties being the same with similar grounds of objection.

Key considerations: Whether the proposal responds well to neighbourhood character;

Whether the proposal will adversely affect the residential amenity;

Compliance with some aspects of ResCode;

Whether the proposal accords with the findings of a previous VCAT decision on the site.

Conclusion: The application does not meet the requirements of the Planning Scheme and the application should be refused.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Page 59: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 59

Background Information

Until late 2010 a weatherboard dwelling occupied the site. Council rate records indicate the dwelling was constructed circa 1920. There is no record of Council having given consent to the demolition; however, a privately issued building permit (granted on 01/11/2011) approved the demolition of this dwelling. The demolition of the dwelling did not require planning approval. All vegetation was removed from the site at the time. Application DSD/793/2010 for an eleven lot subdivision and construction of eleven dwellings was applied for on 26 November 2010. This application went to Council at its 27 July 2011 ordinary meeting. Council resolved to refuse the application. Subsequently the land owner appealed this decision to VCAT, who agreed with Council's decision to refuse the application. An initial assessment of this revised proposal was undertaken by the assessing officer and a request for further information was sent to the applicant requesting changes to the design and layout of the proposal in line with the comments made by VCAT. Subsequent to this, a number of basic functional layout changes were made but these were limited to the location of visitor parking spaces, bicycle parking provisions and alteration to the floor levels for dwellings 1,4,5 and 7.

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

Site The subject site is an irregular shape and is approximately 3,108 square metres in size. It slopes from south to north and from east to west. The site is currently vacant. Surrounding land to the east, south and west is all residentially zoned and utilised for dwellings. Land to the north is zoned Public Park and Recreation Zone and is utilised as a public oval (Harry Trott Oval). Surrounding dwellings are predominantly single storey, however, the dwelling to the north east is double storey. Land to the south and west is slightly elevated compared to the subject site. Surrounding dwellings are a mixture of weatherboard and brick and feature either tiled or steel roofing. Broader context Glencoe Street is a local, City of Greater Bendigo managed, road. The road width is approximately 14 metres (kerb to kerb) and contains footpaths on one side only (the south side, opposite the review site). A fireplug is present outside of 10 Glencoe Street, Kennington opposite the application site. The oldest dwelling in this section of Glencoe Street between Lowndes and Ligar Streets was constructed in 1885 (at number 15 Ligar Street), the most recent in 2007 (units at 8 Glencoe Street), however the majority of dwelling stock was constructed between the 1940s and 1980s.

Page 60: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 60

Despite the variety in architectural styles within the street, a notable characteristic of the streetscape is the ‘in grounds’ garden setting of dwellings with generous setbacks off all boundaries, a mixture of hip and gable roof shapes, the majority containing eaves and a generally even mix of weatherboard and brick dwellings fronting the street. Also notable are the large number of mature canopy trees located in rear gardens, the street itself and in particular the Harry Trott Oval reserve. The area is close to stops for the Bendigo urban bus network and is within walking distance to both the Bendigo CBD and the Strathdale/Kennington Village Centre and within 400 metres the local Catholic Primary School, St Therese’s. Some local shopping needs are met by a small centre in Lowndes Street (200 metres due east) that contains a pharmacy, butcher and physio/group fitness business.

Figure 1: Location map showing subject site. Objectors' properties marked with a star (one objector is located outside the map area).

Page 61: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 61

Proposal

Subdivision and common property The application proposes subdividing the land into ten lots ranging in size from 185 square metres to 298 square metres. Three of the ten lots will have a direct frontage to Glencoe Street. A 725 square metre ‘U’ shaped common property provides access for eight of the ten dwellings and runs along the south western and north western property boundaries with adjoining dwellings in Glencoe and George Streets. It returns to Glencoe Street along the boundary with the adjoining dwelling to the north east of the site, 13 Glencoe Street.

Page 62: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 62

Dwellings The proposal shows the construction of ten dwellings on the site. All dwellings will be double storey and all will be constructed of brick on the ground storey and weatherboard on the upper storey. All will have Colourbond steel roofing. The dwellings will consist of three bedrooms plus a study. Dwellings 1, 2, 3, 9 and 10 will have single garages with tandem second vehicle spaces. Dwellings 4 through 8 inclusive will have double garages. In each downstairs area, all dwellings are proposed to contain a study, living, meals and kitchen. With the exception of dwelling 10 all laundries are also downstairs. In the upstairs area, 3 bedrooms (1 with ensuite) and a bathroom are proposed.

Page 63: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 63

Page 64: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 64

Page 65: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 65

Page 66: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 66

Page 67: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 67

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The following clauses are relevant in the consideration of this proposal: State Planning Policy Framework

Clause 16 Housing Municipal Strategic Statement

Clause 21.06 Housing Local Planning Policies

Clause 22.24 Strathdale/Kennington Residential Character Policy Other Provisions

Clause 32.01 Residential 1 Zone

Clause 52.06 Car Parking

Clause 55 Two or More Dwellings on a lot and Residential Buildings

Clause 56 Residential Subdivision

Clause 65 Decision Guidelines

Consultation/Communication

Referrals The following authorities and internal departments have been consulted on the proposal:

Referral Comment

Powercor No objection subject to conditions

Coliban Water No objection subject to conditions

Telstra No objection subject to conditions

Tenix No objection subject to conditions

Traffic & Design No objection subject to conditions

Drainage No objection subject to conditions

Public Notification The application was advertised by way of notice on the site and letters to adjoining and nearby owners and occupiers. As a result of advertising, four objections were received, with the grounds of objection being:

Overlooking issues

Lack of significant vegetation in the provided landscape plan

Page 68: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 68

Double storey height in a predominantly single storey area

Retention of existing vegetation on the site

The proposal does not fit with the character of the area

Drainage issues on the allotment

The driveway proposed will run along the back fences of adjoining dwellings

Too much unit development in Glencoe Street

Noise impacts

Inadequate solar access to the some of the new townhouses

Inadequate private open space

Vehicle parking provisions and traffic movements are inadequate

Compliance with the VCAT order P2806/2011

Poor siting of the units The issues raised are addressed in the assessment below.

Planning Assessment

What did VCAT find with the previous proposal on the site? On the previous application the VCAT member stated that the articulation of the front and side facades of the dwellings fronting Glencoe Street and the four dwellings backing onto Harry Trott Oval as well as the overall building height is not in compliance with the Strathdale / Kennington Character Policy. The lack of significant articulation of the facades and sides of the dwellings only increases their bulk and visual dominance on an area characterised by single storey dwellings. The member went on to say that the four dwellings backing onto Harry Trott Oval have a similar built form and impact as the front dwellings and they too do not reflect the desired and future character of horizontality and articulation of dwellings. The member stated that they had ‘major reservations’ about the following aspects of the site layout;

VCAT Issue Officer Response

The way in which dwellings have been orientated and positioned in relation to the driveway, and the extent of fencing and two storey walls along and very close to the driveway creating a poor visual appearance. The medium density development opposite the review site gives some appreciation of the sort of visual appearance which results from long driveways, tall fencing and limited opportunities for landscaping. I note that the dwellings opposite are single storey rather than two storeys and the fencing appears lower than that proposed on the

The applicant has not addressed the way the dwellings have been oriented and positioned along the driveway.

Whilst the applicant has, in this proposal, reduced the number of dwellings fronting Glencoe Street from four to three, the design is the same albeit with separation between each. This separation does help the proposal but the dwellings are still double storey in height with very little by way of façade articulation and no meaningful articulation of the side elevations creating a dark unusable

Page 69: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 69

VCAT Issue Officer Response

review site. Given the scale of development on the review site I consider the visual impact will be magnified on the review site and it is not an outcome I am prepared to support.

space between the three dwellings.

The awkward and inconvenient positioning of the garages for Lots 1 and 4 (including the way in which the Garage for Lot 4 protrudes in to the secluded open space of Lot 3).

To a degree (owing the reduction of one dwelling fronting Glencoe Street) it has minimised the awkwardness of the garages.

The provision of two tandem spaces in the front setbacks of Dwellings 2 and 3 (including their proximity to rooms in the adjoining dwellings marked as studies but containing built-in robes).

The tandem parking spaces are still present in the development. No attempt has been made to reduce the impact of these tandem parking spaces.

The location of the secluded open space for Lot 6 hard up against the driveway and the need to provide 1.8 metre high colorbond fence to provide privacy.

There has been no alteration to the secluded private open space for lot 6.

The location of the tandem space for Lot 11 across the proposed title boundary (an amended plan submitted at the hearing indicated how this could be overcome).

This has been overcome although the vehicle manoeuvring to enter and exit the space is still difficult.

The location of the visitor space near Lot 8 hard up against the boundary fence with the secluded rear yard of the dwelling at 1 George Street.

The visitor parking space hard up against the boundary fence with the dwelling at 1 George Street has not been addressed.

The lack of opportunities to plant substantial landscaping, particularly along the driveway. I accept Mr Patterson’s submission that the driveway is 4 metres wide and that a landscape strip could be provided along the outer edge. However, parts of the driveway are also enclosed by high fencing on the inner side which will limit planting at best to 500mm strips along each side. In my view this does not respond appropriately to the landscaping objectives in Clause 55.034-8, Clause 56.05-1 or the objective in SK4 to maintain and strengthen the garden settings of dwellings.

Landscaping is unchanged from the previous proposal to this current one.

Page 70: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 70

The Member stated in the order that;

“I consider the proposal (still) represents an overdevelopment, one that has too many shortcomings to warrant approval having regard to the relevant provisions of the planning scheme, and one that requires a significant scaling back and redesign in order to represent an acceptable response to local policy concerning neighbourhood character and the provisions of Clause 55 and 56. Importantly it is not the number of dwellings that is at issue (i.e. density) but rather the extent of built form across the site. For example, there would be no point reducing the number of dwellings if the same built form and layout shortcomings remain largely unchanged” Does the proposal respect the neighbourhood character? The site is located within the Strathdale Kennington Residential Character Policy which states the following;

“Strathdale and Kennington are located to the south east of the central area of Bendigo and extends from areas with a mixture of styles including Victorian, to areas that were developed post-war and newer areas. Many of the post-war areas have consistent streetscapes that have an openness created by regular setbacks and no front fencing. The area also contains areas with more mixed styles of architecture that nevertheless have elements that contribute to the area’s attractiveness and are valued by the community.”

Specifically, the site is within Precinct 4 (SK4) of the above policy which contains the following specific policy objectives:

To ensure that development is responsive to the desired future character of the area in which it is located;

To retain and enhance the identified elements that contribute to the character of the area; and

To implement the recommendations of the City of Greater Bendigo Residential Character Study 2001.

The statement of desired future character for SK4 is: “The horizontality and articulation of the dwellings, and the openness of streetscapes, will be maintained.” A full assessment of the proposal against the requirements of SK4 is shown below;

Objective Design Responses

To maintain and strengthen the garden settings of the dwellings.

Prepare a landscape plan to accompany all applications for new dwellings.

Comment: A landscape concept plan was submitted with the application. The plan shows acceptable details of the plantings. In particular, an issue with the first application relating to the treatment of the common property (with no landscaping at the boundaries of the site) has been addressed by this application.

To minimise site disturbance and impact of the building on the landscape.

Buildings should be designed to follow the contours of the site or step down the site.

Page 71: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 71

Objective Design Responses

Comment: The application was not accompanied by a dimensioned set of ‘whole of development’ elevations which show the relationship between each proposed dwelling. Having said that, the prevailing site conditions make it very obvious that the development will in fact step down the site. Cutting, filling and retaining walls will be required to facilitate the preferred design response of the development following contours and stepping down the site.

To maintain the consistency, where present, of building front setbacks.

The front setback should be not less than the average setback of the adjoining two dwellings.

Comment: The front setback of dwelling one is 6 metres and dwellings two and three have a 7 metre setback. The adjoining dwellings are setback approximately 6 metres and 6.6 metres, therefore the proposal is compliant with this element.

To reflect the rhythm of dwelling spacing.

Buildings should be setback between 1 and 3 metres from both side boundaries, based on the predominant pattern in the streetscape. Use low pitched roof forms. Articulate front and side facades to reflect building forms in the street.

Comment: Three dwellings present directly to Glencoe Street. These dwellings are setback between 1 metre and 2.6 metre from all side boundaries. The proposal does not comply with this element of the character policy owing to the height of the buildings.

To ensure that buildings and extensions do not dominate the streetscape.

Respect the predominant building height in the street and nearby properties. Where there is a predominance of single storey, the height of the dwelling at the front of the dwelling should match the typical single storey wall height. Use low pitched roof forms.

Comment: Three, double storey dwellings will front Glencoe Street. Overall the height of the buildings is similar to other buildings in the street however the design of the buildings being ‘straight up and down’ double storey dwellings is not in keeping with the look and feel of the street and would dominate the street.

To use building materials and finishes that complements the dominant pattern within the streetscape.

In streetscapes where weatherboard predominates render, paint or bag brick surfaces.

Comment: The street contains a mixture of brick and weatherboard cladding. The proposal includes brick ground floor cladding with weatherboards on upper storeys which is acceptable.

To maintain the openness of the streetscape.

Provide open-style or low front fences.

Page 72: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 72

Objective Design Responses

Comment: No front fences are proposed.

It is acknowledged that some elements of the proposal are acceptable (front setbacks, lack of front fencing and building materials), however, overall the proposal does not represent an acceptable character outcome for the area, predominantly based on the visual bulk created by the height and massing of the development, particularly the front dwellings with little to no façade and side articulation, therefore not keeping with the horizontality of the area. Is the site appropriate for some form of infill residential development? The State Policy framework of the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme lends support for an intensification of development on well serviced sites which are in proximity to a full range of urban services. With respect to local provisions of the Planning Scheme, Clause 21.06 (Housing) and the referenced Bendigo Residential Development Strategy 2004 identifies the land as being within the Existing Urban Zone. The proposal will create double storey units at a higher density to most surrounding properties, within close proximity to recreation reserves, public transport, shops, schools and medical centres as well as the ability to be connected to all reticulated services. The site is within a Residential 1 Zone which encourages residential development in appropriate locations that comply with ResCode in the case of multiple dwellings on a lot and residential subdivisions. The proposal meets the purpose of the Residential 1 Zone. The site is very well suited to some form of infill residential development. Will the proposal have a detrimental impact on the amenity of adjoining properties? The proposal has demonstrated compliance with overlooking and overshadowing for adjoining properties, however, there may be amenity based impacts on properties in George Street and adjoining lots in Glencoe Street owing to the driveway running around a large portion of the boundary.

Conclusion

Whilst the development represents an improvement over the previous application (mostly through the reduction of dwellings fronting Glencoe Street) the applicant has not done enough to gain compliance with the character policy and keep the development in line with the area. Further to this, there are still a number of fundamental issues raised that have not been adequately addressed. As such the proposal does not represent an acceptable or appropriate development for the site and no permit should be granted.

Page 73: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 73

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse to grant a permit.

Attachments

Objections.

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to Refuse to Grant a Permit for a 10 lot subdivision of land and construct 10 dwellings at 7 Glencoe Street, Kennington on the following grounds: (a) The proposal does not comply with Clause 22.24 Strathdale/Kennington

Residential Character Policy (b) The proposal does not comply with Standard B1 Neighbourhood and Site

Description of ResCode (c) The proposal does not accord with the recommendations of a previous VCAT

order relating to the site. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Williams. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 74: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 74

3.5 1740 HEATHCOTE-REDESDALE ROAD, MIA MIA 3444 - USE LAND FOR ANIMAL KEEPING (DOG BREEDING) & CONSTRUCTION OF DOG RUNS AND ASSOCIATED BUILDINGS

Document Information

Author Bryce Kilian, Statutory Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: Use land for animal keeping & construction of dog runs and associated buildings

Application No: DU/90/2013

Applicant: B C Petrowsky

Land: 1740 Heathcote-Redesdale Road, MIA MIA 3444

Zoning: Farming Zone

Overlays: Environmental Significance Overlay 3

No. of objections: 1

Consultation meeting held:

30 July 2013

Key considerations: Whether the proposal will have a detrimental impact on the amenity of the locality and whether the site is capable of containing the development.

Conclusion: It is recommended that the Council issue a Notice of Decision to Grant a Permit as the proposal has demonstrated compliance with all relevant considerations of the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Page 75: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 75

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

The site is zoned Farming as are the lots to the north, west and south with land to the east being within the Township Zone. Surrounding pattern of development is a mixture of rural lifestyle properties within the Farming Zone, small scale agricultural activities (grazing livestock) and residential lifestyle properties within the Township Zoned land. The site:

Has an area of approximately 2.1 hectares and is an irregular shape.

Slopes from east to west and south to north

Containing an existing dwelling and shedding to the west of the site.

Has numerous, scattered trees throughout the site and along the site's frontage to the Heathcote-Redesdale Road (a Road Zone Category 1).

Figure 1: Location map showing subject site. Objector's property marked with a star.

Page 76: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 76

Figure 2: Location map showing dwellings within a 500 metre radius of the site. Background The application is retrospective. After a complaint was received by the City's Compliance Officer in 2011, the matter went to VCAT to seek a determination in relation to whether a planning permit was required or not. VCAT determined that a planning permit was in fact required and subsequently this application was received. Proposal The application is for the use of land for animal keeping and breeding of dogs and construction of dog runs and associated outbuildings. The applicant indicates there will be no more than 15 dogs on site (not including dogs under 3 months old). Proposed works will be located to the south east of the existing dwelling, approximately 80 metres from the Heathcote - Redesdale Road and will include:

Enclosed dog run of 30 metres by 14 metres;

Page 77: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 77

A feeding room and grooming room of approximately 8 metres by 4.6 metres.

Figure 3: Site plan.

Page 78: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 78

Figure 4: Enclosure layout plan

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The following clauses are relevant in the consideration of this proposal: Municipal Strategic Statement

21.06 Environment Local Planning Policies

22.07 Animal Keeping and Animal Training Policy

Page 79: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 79

Other Provisions

35.07 Farming Zone

42.01 Environmental Significance Overlay 3

Consultation/Communication

Public Notification The application was advertised by way of notice on the site and letters to adjoining and nearby owners and occupiers within 500 metres of the site. A consultation meeting was scheduled however, the objector failed to attend, so the applicant and one of the Ward Councillors had a discussion about the application. The grounds of objection are:

Impact on the amenity of the surrounding locality through excessive noise.

Impact on the future use of adjacent land.

The proposal is within 500 metres of residential properties and does not comply with the Animal Keeping and Animal Training Policy.

Excessive number of dogs to be kept on site.

The objections are discussed below.

Planning Assessment

Use The proposed use of the land is classified as Animal Keeping, ‘Dog Breeding’ and needs a permit. Rural zones generally are suited to uses such as this and with proper on site management do not cause any problems to nearby residents. Key considerations for Animal Keeping applications are compliance with the zone control and compliance with the local planning policy (discussed in greater detail below). Animal Keeping and Animal Training Policy/Noise The basis of this policy is to ensure appropriate siting and design of such developments to ensure the amenity and environmental qualities of the surrounding areas are protected. The applicant has provided suitable evidence to demonstrate compliance with this policy. Whilst there are dwellings within 500 metres of the site the primary reasoning behind this quantified distance is noise attenuation. Dogs bred for show purposes are well managed by the breeders (who in this case are accredited by the Cocker Spaniel Club of Victoria and Dogs Victoria). Sites are inspected regularly by these authorities ensuring appropriate on site management. The applicant has indicated they comply with the relevant management Codes of Practice and two of the dogs have been legally ‘debarked’.

Page 80: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 80

The enclosures have been constructed in a locality and manner that minimises visual stimulation for the dogs therefore minimising opportunity for barking. Significant vegetation buffers also assist with this. Conditions will be placed on the permit requiring details of the plant species that have been planted and that are to be planted in the areas shown on the indicative landscape plan and that these plantings must be satisfactorily maintained. The building delineated as the feeding/sleeping parlour is insulated and the animals locked up at night, further minimising opportunity for the dogs to generate noise. The proposal fully complies with the policy in terms of noise emissions owing to the construction methodology of the building being insulated. The facility will be cleaned on a daily basis with all effluent disposed of in accordance with the relevant animal code of practice. This being the case, with appropriate on site management there would be no odour emissions or runoff affecting the creek to the west of the site. A preliminary on site management document has been prepared detailing: how all effluent will be treated; how the enclosures will be cleaned and how often; and where food will be stored. Whilst there are houses within 500 metres of the site, the proposal otherwise fully complies with the Animal Keeping and Animal Training Policy. Buffers The applicant is proposing to plant vegetation buffers along the boundaries of the enclosures to provide a visual barrier from the road and adjoining/adjacent properties. Any permit that issues will contain conditions relating to a landscaping plan detailing the number and species of plants and their ongoing maintenance. Number of Dogs The applicant is proposing a maximum of 15 dogs not including animals less than 3 months old to be present on the site at any given time. This will be placed on the permit as a condition.

Conclusion

The proposal has addressed all relevant provisions of the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme and is appropriate for the area. It is therefore recommended that Council approve the proposal.

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse to grant a permit.

Page 81: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 81

Attachments

Objection.

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to issue a Notice of Decision to Grant a Permit for use land for animal keeping (dog breeding) & construction of dog runs and associated buildings at 1740 Heathcote-Redesdale Road, MIA MIA subject to the following conditions: 1. NO LAYOUT ALTERATION

The use and development permitted by this permit as shown on the endorsed plans and described in the endorsed documents must not be altered or modified (for any reason) except with the prior written consent of the responsible authority.

2. BAFFLED LIGHTING Outdoor lighting, where provided, must be designed, baffled and located to the satisfaction of the responsible authority such that no direct light is emitted outside the boundaries of the subject land.

3. NUMBER OF ANIMALS No more than 15 dogs are to be kept on the site. This does not include animals less than 3 months old.

4. LANDSCAPE PLAN Within 2 months of the issue of this permit, a landscape plan to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved, the plan will be endorsed and will then form part of the permit. The plan must be drawn to scale with dimensions and two copies must be provided. The landscaping plan must be generally in accordance with the landscape concept plan dated (January 2013) prepared by (ARCI Design Worx) The plan must show: (a) A survey (including botanical names) of all existing vegetation to be

retained and/or removed (b) Details of surface finishes of pathways and driveways (c) Planting schedule of all proposed trees, shrubs and ground covers,

including botanical names, common names, pot sizes, sizes at maturity, and quantities of each plant

All species selected must be to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

5. LANDSCAPING WORKS Within 6 months of the issue of this permit or by such later date as is approved by the responsible authority in writing, the landscaping works shown on the endorsed plans must be carried out and completed to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

Page 82: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 82

6. LANDSCAPING MAINTENANCE The landscaping shown on the endorsed plans must be maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority, including that any dead, diseased or damaged plants are to be replaced.

7. SECURITY The kennel buildings must be able to be securely locked.

8. FENCING An external perimeter fence of at least 1.8 metres high must be established around the facilities to prevent the escape of animals.

9. WASTE WATER All washdown water, waste water or water, effluent or polluted drainage which has been in contact with dog excrement or putrescible matter must not be allowed to discharge beyond the boundaries of the subject land or directly or indirectly into any watercourse.

10. WASTE REMOVAL Untreated animal waste must not be stored on site and must be disposed of to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

11. KENNEL WASHDOWN The kennels must be regularly washed down and maintained in a hygienic manner to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

12. FEED STORAGE All feed shall be stored in vermin proof containers.

13. NOISE EMISSIONS Noise emissions from the site at all times must generally comply with Environment Protection Authority’s guidelines for dog kennels.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Campbell, Seconded Cr Leach. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 83: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 83

3.6 51 GOLDIE STREET, MARONG 3515 - APPROVAL OF DEVELOPMENT PLAN, USE OF LAND FOR MEDICAL CENTRE, ALTERATIONS AND EXTENSIONS TO EXISTING BUILDING, DEVELOPMENT OF CARPARK, AND ADVERTISING SIGNAGE

Document Information

Author Bryce Kilian, Statutory Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: Approval of a development plan, use of land for a medical centre, alterations and extensions to an existing building, development of a car park and advertising signage.

Application No: DU/357/2013

Applicant: Marong Medical Practice Pty Ltd

Land: 51 Goldie Street, MARONG 3515

Zoning: Township Zone

Overlays: Development Plan Overlay 6

No. of objections: 1

Consultation meeting held:

20 August 2013

Key considerations: Whether the use of the land will have an impact on the amenity of the surrounding area and whether the proposal will generate excessive traffic volumes.

Conclusion: This report recommends that Council approve the development plan and subsequently issue a planning permit based on the following grounds;

The proposal complies with the Planning Scheme including the purpose of the Township Zone and Development Plan Overlay 6 and is a high quality urban design outcome for the site and area.

The proposal implements the State and Local Planning Policy Frameworks.

The car parking and site layout is appropriate and will not unreasonably impinge on the surrounding land users.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Page 84: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 84

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

Site Description The site at 51 Goldie Street, Marong, is located on the north west corner of the intersection of Goldie Street with Marong-Serpentine Road, 400 metres north of the existing commercial zoned land in on the Calder Highway. The Bendigo CBD is located 15 km generally west of the site. The site:

Is a rectangular shape, which is orientated east to west along its longest axis.

Has a frontage to Goldie Street of 50 m and a frontage to Marong-Serpentine road of 40 m.

Has a total area of 2,000 m2.

His relatively flat with slight fall generally to the north east corner of the property.

Contains a single storey, 3 bedroom brick dwelling constructed from pale brown bricks, with a hipped, colorbond clad roof; and associated outbuildings.

The dwelling presents to Goldie Street and is setback 15 m from the street boundary, and 10 m from the Marong-Serpentine Road boundary. The rear of the house is 15 m from the rear (northern) property boundary. Vehicle access to the site is provided from Goldie Street near the south west corner of the property. There is some established landscaping on the site, with some mature trees located in the front garden of the dwelling. There is no fencing along the Goldie Street property boundary. Side and rear property boundaries are denoted by colorbond fencing. Neighbourhood Description Goldie Street is a sealed, local road with single lane vehicle traffic in each direction. Marong-Serpentine Road (also known as High Street in this section) is a sealed, local road with single lane vehicle traffic in each direction. This road has a substantial, 60 m wide road reserve. The site is located within the Marong township, in an area broadly within the Township Zone. The immediate area is characterised by established, older residential development.

Page 85: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 85

The adjoining property to the west at 49 Goldie Street is an 800m2 allotment containing a single storey dwelling presenting to the street. Adjoining the site to the north at 71 Marong-Serpentine Road is a lot of 2,000 m2 and also contains a single, weatherboard dwelling. Opposite the site to the east are residentially developed properties at 66 and 68 Marong-Serpentine Road. Opposite the site to the south are residential properties at 40 Cathcart Street and 61 Marong-Serpentine Road.

Figure 1: Location map showing subject site. Objector's property marked with a star.

Figure 2: Aerial of the site.

Page 86: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 86

Proposal

The proposal is to use the existing dwelling as a medical centre (General Practitioner), demolish existing outbuildings, alter and extend the existing building and develop a car park for staff and clients. The establishment of a Medical Practice at 51 Goldie Street, Marong, is being pursued in response to the area being declared an area of District Workforce Shortage (DWS) by the Department of Health. This reflected a lack of General Practitioner numbers in the area. Proposed Use It is proposed that the surgery would allow for a total of five, full time equivalent doctors to operate from the site once fully operational. In the initial stages of operation three practitioners would operate from the site. Operating hours would be 9:00am to 7:00pm Monday to Friday and 10:00am to 3:00pm Saturday and Sunday. Demolition The existing outbuildings are proposed to be demolished to facilitate the works required as part of the establishing the new use. No planning approval is required to demolish / remove a building under the planning controls applying to the land. Building Alterations The existing dwelling is proposed to be retained and internal alterations and an extension is proposed to facilitate the proposed new use. Proposed building works are summarised as:

Internal alterations to make the dwelling suitable for a medical practice

Extending the building to the east to allow for the development of two additional consultation rooms

Extending part of the building to the north (infilling under part of the existing verandah) to provide an entry foyer to the building, practice manager's office and staff room

The extensions to the building will utilise face brickwork to match the existing building and trimdek roof cladding to match the colour, profile and pitch of the existing roof.

Page 87: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 87

Figure 3: Proposed site plan.

Figure 4: Proposed elevations.

Page 88: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 88

Access and Parking The existing crossover and driveway will be utilised to provide access to the patient car park on the western side of the lot. The car park provides a total of 11 car parking spaces, including a disabled car parking bay under the existing attached carport. The patient car parking spaces run generally north-south along the western boundary of the site, offset from the boundary by600 mm with bollards provided to protect the existing fence. The car park is sited behind the established landscaped garden bed in the south west corner of the site. An additional 5 car parks for staff are provided at the north east corner of the site, largely behind the main building. This car parking area is to be accessed via a new crossover to Goldie Street. Across both car parking areas, a total of 16 off street car parking spaces will be provided as part of the development. Signage, Fencing and Landscaping A business identification sign is proposed to be erected at the Goldie Street frontage of the site. Details of the proposed sign are to be confirmed. Boundary fencing is established and is proposed to be retained. All proposed buildings and works, including the car park, have been designed to avoid the established landscaping where practicable. Opportunities for additional landscaping exist to suit the owners' future requirements.

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The following clauses are relevant in the consideration of this proposal: State Planning Policy Framework

11.05-1 Regional settlement networks

11.05-4 Regional Planning Strategies and Principles

15.01-1 Urban design

15.01-2 Urban design principles

15.01-5 Cultural identity and neighbourhood character

18.02-5 Car Parking

19.02-1 Health Facilities

Municipal Strategic Statement

21.05 Settlement

21.09 Infrastructure

Other Provisions

32.05 Township Zone

43.04 Development Plan Overlay

Page 89: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 89

52.06 Car parking

Consultation/Communication

Referrals The following internal department has been consulted on the proposal:

Referral Comment

Traffic Engineer No objection subject to conditions

Public Notification The development plan was informally advertised by way of notice on the site and letters to adjoining and nearby owners and occupiers.. As a result of advertising one objection was received, with the grounds of objection being:

Noise impacts through vehicle and people movements to and from the site;

Drugs and needles stored on site attracting crime;

Property devaluation;

A commercial use in a residential area. A consultation meeting was held with the applicant and land owner, objector and two Ward Councillors, however, no resolution could be reached. The objections are discussed below.

Planning Assessment

The Development Plan. The site is affected by the Development Plan Overlay 6. This overlay stipulates an application must be accompanied by a development plan that describes and/or identifies a number of items mostly relating to the site, site surrounds and provision of infrastructure. The applicant has prepared and submitted a development plan that addresses all the requirements mentioned above in so much that the development can be connected to all services, has adequately described the area and surrounds as well as the functions of the site. In circumstances where a development plan is required, if the development plan is approved and a planning permit is subsequently issued, the permit is exempt from advertising (to adjoining land owners) and the permit cannot be appealed to VCAT.

Page 90: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 90

In this case the development plan and planning permit were submitted concurrently, hence, in accordance with standard procedure the City informally advertised the proposal to affected residents. Does the proposal comply with the Planning Scheme? The Planning Scheme at Clause 19.02 encourages medical centres in appropriate locations in growth areas and residential contexts with appropriate design and layout. The applicant has placed the patient car park to the west of the existing building and staff parking to the north, retaining much of the residential look of the building. A landscape plan has also been submitted to soften the look of the parking areas and a number of existing trees are proposed to be retained on the site. Landscaping conditions will be placed on the planning permit. Another policy consideration is Clause15.01-2 (Urban Design) as the proposal is to convert (and extend) an existing dwelling. This non-residential use is viewed as meeting the urban design policy as the existing residential pattern of development is being maintained. Owing to the nature of the proposal, the design, layout and landscaping proposed, the application has met the State and Local Planning Policy frameworks. The proposal also fits within the purpose of the Township Zone as the development is respectful of the neighbourhood character and provides a service for the community Will the proposal have a negative impact on surrounding properties? Informal notice of the application was given to adjoining properties and two signs were placed on the street boundaries. No submissions were received from either adjoining land owner. With appropriate permit conditions relating to hours of operation, baffling of external lighting and adequate landscaping the proposal will not have a negative impact on the amenity of the surrounding locality. Will the proposal generate excessive traffic volumes? The main patient car park will be accessed from Goldie Street. This car park will generate the highest number of vehicle movements to and from the site. Goldie Street has a 6.5 metre wide seal within a 31 metre road reserve and High Street has a 6.5 metre wide seal within a 62 metre road reserve. This being the case the road network has ample capacity to cope with the additional vehicle movements per day the use will generate and will have no negative impacts on the road network. The application was referred to the City's Traffic Engineer who consents to the proposal subject to conditions.

Conclusion

The proposal has addressed all relevant provisions of the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme and is appropriate for the area. It is therefore recommended that Council approve the development plan and issue a planning permit.

Page 91: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 91

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse the development plan.

Attachments

Objection.

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to approve the development plan and issue a planning permit for the use of land for a medical centre, alterations and extensions to the existing building, development of a car park and advertising signage at 51 Goldie Street, Marong, subject to the following conditions: 1. PLAN REQUIRED

Before the use and/or development start(s), plans to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved, the plans will be endorsed and will then form part of the permit. The plans must be drawn to scale with dimensions and two copies must be provided. The plans must show: Details of the advertising signage.

2. NO ALTERATION TO LAYOUT The development and/or use(s) permitted by this permit as shown on the endorsed plan(s) and/or described in the endorsed documents must not be altered or modified (for any reason) except with the prior written consent of the responsible authority.

3. LANDSCAPING MAINTENANCE The landscaping shown on the endorsed plans must be maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority, including that any dead, diseased or damaged plants are to be replaced

4. PRACTITIONER NUMBERS Except with the prior written consent of the responsible authority, no more than 5 practitioners may operate from the medical centre at any one time.

5. HOURS OF OPERATION Except with the prior written consent of the responsible authority, the use permitted by this permit must operate only between the following times: Monday to Friday 9:00 am to 7:00 pm Saturday and Sunday 10:00 am to 3:00 pm.

Page 92: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 92

6. DRAINAGE PLANS REQUIRED Drainage plans, including computations and longitudinal sections, must be provided to and approved by the responsible authority for the lot in the development to the responsible authority’s nominated point of discharge. Once approved, the plans will be endorsed as part of the planning permit and must not be further altered without the prior written consent of the responsible authority.

7. VEHICLE CROSSINGS Vehicular access to the subject land from any roadway or service lane (and vice versa) must be by way of a vehicle crossing(s) constructed at right angles to the road, to suit the proposed driveway(s) and vehicles that will use the crossing. A Works within Road Reserves permit must be obtained from the City of Greater Bendigo Asset Planning & Design Unit prior to any work commencing in the road reserve.

8. CAR PARK CONSTRUCTION Before the use or occupation of the development starts, the area(s) set aside for the parking of vehicles and access lanes as shown on the endorsed plans must be: Constructed with an all-weather-seal coat Properly formed to such levels that they can be used in accordance with the plans Drained Line marked to indicate each car space and all access lanes Clearly marked to show the direction of traffic along access lanes and driveways to the satisfaction of the responsible authority Within the parking area(s) a means of protection must be installed to the satisfaction of the responsible authority to prevent damage by a vehicle to a fence of an adjoining property. Car spaces, access lanes and driveways must be kept available for these purposes at all times.

9. DIRECTIONAL SIGN A sign or signs must be provided to the satisfaction of the responsible authority to direct drivers to the on-site car parking areas and also delineating staff and patient car parking areas. Such signs must be located in the vicinity of the frontage of the subject land and maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority. The signs must not exceed 0.3 square metres in area.

10. LOADING AND UNLOADING The loading and unloading of vehicles and the delivery of goods must at all times be undertaken within the boundaries of the subject land.

11. GENERAL AMENITY The use permitted by this permit must not, in the opinion of the responsible authority, adversely affect the amenity of the locality.

Page 93: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 93

12. BAFFLED LIGHTING Outdoor lighting, where provided, must be designed, baffled and located to the satisfaction of the responsible authority such that no direct light is emitted outside the boundaries of the subject land.

13. CONSTRUCTION PHASE All activities associated with the construction of the development permitted by this permit must be carried out to the satisfaction of the responsible authority and all care must be taken to minimise the effect of such activities on the amenity of the locality.

Noise Emissions Note Noise emissions must comply with State Environment Protection Policy (Control of Noise from Commerce, Industry and Trade) No. N-1. City of Greater Bendigo Asset Planning and Design Unit Note: A Works within Road Reserves permit must be obtained from the City of Greater Bendigo Asset Planning & Design Unit prior to any work commencing in the road reserve. CONSENT FOR WORK ON ROAD RESERVES The applicant must comply with;

The Road Management Act 2004,

Road Management (Works and Infrastructure) Regulations 2005, and

Road Management (General) Regulations 2005 with respect to any requirements to notify the Coordinating Authority and/or seek consent from the Coordinating Authority to undertake “works” (as defined in the Act) in, over or under the road reserve. The responsible authority in the inclusion of this note on this planning permit is not deemed to have been notified of, or to have given consent, to undertake any works within the road reserve as proposed in this permit. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Lyons, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 94: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 94

3.7 2 HUNT STREET & 10 ATKINS STREET, NORTH BENDIGO 3550 - AMENDED PLANS TO ALLOW THE CONSTRUCTION OF A WALL FRONTING ATKINS STREET (RESIDENTIAL VILLAGE FOR BENDIGO HOSPITAL)

Document Information

Author Chris Duckett, Co-ordinator Land Use Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development

Summary/Purpose

Application details: Amendment of plans to allow the construction of a wall fronting Atkins Street, for a residential development which is currently under construction for Bendigo Healthcare.

Application No: AM/906/2011/A

Applicant: Williams Boag Architects - Bendigo

Land: 2 Hunt Street & 10 Atkins Street, NORTH BENDIGO 3550

Zoning: Residential 1 Zone

Overlays: Nil

No. of objections: N/A

Consultation meeting held:

N/A

Key considerations: Whether the proposal is an acceptable urban design response which is respectful of neighbourhood character.

Conclusion: The wall, which has already been built, introduces an inappropriate element into the streetscape which would adversely impact on neighbourhood character, resulting in a poor urban design outcome. This report considers the amended application and recommends that the Greater Bendigo City Council refuses to amend the planning permit and to endorse the amended plans.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

Page 95: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 95

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Background Information

A planning permit for the residential development was approved by Council at its meeting on 29 February 2012. The development is well under construction with many of the buildings nearing completion. The applicant is currently in breach of their planning permit on the basis of the construction of this wall. The breach came to light on a recent site meeting held with officers, local residents and a ward councillor. Further to this, the applicant was advised to submit an amended application. The application was proposed to be reported to Council on September 11th but the applicant asked for it to be deferred to enable further discussions with officers as to why the wall was constructed in its current location. The case officer and the City's Municipal Building Surveyor met with the builder and architect where it was asserted that there was no alternative location and that the developer's building surveyor was of the view that planning permission was not required for the wall as it was required to provide an essential service. Further to this meeting the case officer and the City's Municipal Building Surveyor met with the CFA in order to gain an understanding of CFA position in regards to the regulatory fire requirements under the Building Code of Australia (BCA). Verbal advice given by the CFA was that two options for the booster wall were discussed with the developer; the current location and an alternative location at the northern entrance to the site. CFA advised that the Atkins Street location was acceptable to them as it was compliant with the relevant Building Code standard but there may have been other locations which would also have been suitable and that it was possible to seek consent from CFA to vary locations and/or the design of the wall, although the suitability would have to be assessed by the CFA. Officers then wrote to the applicant and advised them to seek further discussions with CFA in order to consider alternative locations for the fire hydrant booster such as in the front elevation of the building. Alternatively a variation to the requirements of the BCA could be sought with the approval of CFA which would allow a non-compliant location and/or a reduced height/length of the fire wall. The builder responded to this letter by providing correspondence from their design team summarizing the process taken when determining the location of booster and requirement for booster protection wall. This correspondence reiterated that this was the only suitable location and that they were of the view that the proposal was exempt from the need for a planning permit. Officers have sought a legal opinion as to whether an amendment is required to be made to the plans to authorise the wall. The legal advice provided is that under the Building Act a building permit must be consistent with a planning permit and therefore there is a requirement to amend the plans to maintain that consistency. The legal advice also provided opinion that Council should refuse the amendment and be prepared to defend its position.

Page 96: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 96

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

The subject site comprises three irregular shaped lots, 8 and 10 Atkins Street are located on the north side of Atkins Street. The third lot is addressed as 2 Hunt Street, as the road reserve for Hunt Street borders the site to the north and west. To the west of the site is a public open space / recreation reserve which is fenced from the subject site. To the north, the site also fronts the recreation reserve and the North Bendigo Bowling Club. To the east of the site is a vacant parcel of land which is understood to be Crown land. Beyond the Crown land are a number of single storey dwellings which front Arnold Street. One of these dwellings shares a boundary with the subject site. To the south of the site on the opposite side of Atkins Street are further dwellings which are generally single storey weatherboard, with the exception of a Guide Hall.

Figure 1: Location map showing subject site.

Proposal

The proposal is to amend the endorsed plans to include a concrete block wall which has been constructed with a 900mm setback from Atkins Street, with a small section with a zero setback. The wall is 4.1m high and has a length of 8.14m with a side return of 1m.

Page 97: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 97

The wall has been built to protect the fire hydrant booster required under the Building Code Australia. The applicant has stated that the booster was required to be installed within 10m of the building boundary and that the wall is required to protect fire brigade access to the boosters. The construction of the wall also necessitates an amendment to the landscaping plan.

Figure 2: Photo of development with wall/booster in the foreground from south side of Atkins Street

Page 98: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 98

Figure 3: Photo of wall/booster as viewed from the street

Page 99: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 99

Figure 4: Proposed plans

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The following clauses are relevant in the consideration of this proposal: State Planning Policy Framework

Clause 15 Built Environment Other Provisions

Clause 55 Two dwellings on a lot (ResCode)

Page 100: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 100

Consultation/Communication

Referrals There was no referral requirement for this application. However discussions were undertaken with the CFA and the City’s Municipal Building Surveyor in order to gain an understanding of the regulatory requirements. Public Notification No public notification was undertaken due the retrospective nature of the application and due to the proposal being recommended for refusal. The need for an expedited decision was also a consideration.

Planning Assessment

The key matter for consideration is whether the wall is appropriate in its scale and appearance in relation to the existing development and the streetscape.

The State Planning Policy Framework includes broad policies which encourage good urban design. Clause 15 Built Environment states that "Planning should ensure all new land use and development appropriately responds to its landscape, valued built form and cultural context, and protect places and sites with significant heritage, architectural, aesthetic, scientific and cultural value." In addition it is stated that planning should achieve high quality urban design and architecture. In addition to State polices, the following objectives of Clause 55 (ResCode) are a relevant consideration in this application. Neighbourhood Character (B1) The objectives of this clause are to ensure that the design respects the existing neighbourhood character or contributes to a preferred neighbourhood character and to ensure that development responds to the features of the site and the surrounding area. The site itself is not covered by the City’s residential character policies; however, dwellings to the north-east and south-east of the site are within the North Bendigo Precinct 7 (NB7). This precinct has a statement of desired future character which states that the distinctive characteristics of each streetscape will be maintained and strengthened and the policy also has an objective of maintaining the openness of the streetscape. Infrastructure (B4) This clause includes the objective of providing appropriate utility services and infrastructure. The clause does not make reference to the provision of fire fighting equipment and provides no guidance on appropriate siting or design.

Page 101: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 101

Site Services (B34) In the absence of guidance on the design of fire services equipment under B4 it is necessary to assess the proposal against the objectives of this clause which are to ensure that site services can be installed and easily maintained and to ensure that site facilities are accessible, adequate and attractive. The standards include the requirement for site facilities to blend in with the development. The buildings under construction are a large scale development in the North Bendigo area and the major impact that they would have on the area and its surrounds was acknowledged in the original report to Council. The report also recognised that one of the key urban design considerations was the way in which the development integrated with street frontages and reference was made to the design’s limitations in this regard as produced below. “A critical component of good urban design is ensuring that new development integrates into existing street patterns and public open space. This site currently has only one true street frontage, to Atkins Street, the other two frontages are to the unmade Hunt Street road reserve and adjoining public open space. There is an opportunity and indeed it is desirable to create a street edge integration to Atkins Street and on the existing Hunt Street reserve to the north and west of the site. The proposed design partially succeeds in this regard.” The fact that the integration of the design of the development with the existing streets was only partially successful, highlights the importance of not allowing any diminution of the development’s street presence. This wall obscures approximately 25% of Building 11A when viewed from Atkins Street and it will be a poor visual distraction. The wall will simply detract from both the development and the visual qualities of the existing streetscape. In this regard the proposal is a poor urban design response which is not respectful of existing neighbourhood character dues to its failure to maintain an openness to the streetscape.

Conclusion

It is a matter of regret that the applicant proceeded to construct this wall without any regard to the Planning Scheme and that no discussions were undertaken with the City. The applicant is fully aware of the requirement to amend endorsed plans where changes are proposed. This is evidenced by their submission of previous amended plans to make minor amendments to change the window details on some of the buildings.

The applicant was also fully aware of the importance of the Atkins Street elevation as on the original application officers had raised concerns about the siting of a substation with a zero setback and this was resolved with a conditional requirement for the substation to be setback by 2.5m. It is of note that the substation is a significantly less imposing structure than the booster wall.

Page 102: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 102

There is no doubt that a refusal to amend this permit will be of significant disruption, cost and inconvenience to the applicant. However this should not be a factor in Council’s consideration. Allowing the wall in this location would favour the developer but it would be to the detriment of the existing streetscape and the residents that will view it. This matter should have been considered and factored in at the design phase. Even if an allowance is made for the matter being overlooked at the design stage it would appear that alternative more suitable locations for the booster wall have not been fully considered. Therefore it is recommended that the amended permit is refused.

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse to amend the permit.

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 72 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to refuse the amendment to Planning Permit DR/906/2011 to allow the construction of a wall in accordance with plans received 12th August 2013 for the following reason: 1. The proposed wall would be out of context with the proposed development and have

an adverse impact on the existing streetscape by reason of its siting, height and appearance contrary to Clauses 15 and 55 of the Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme.

MOTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Williams. That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve that the Planning Department continue to work with the applicant and CFA to consider alternative solutions which would result in a better outcome for the community.

CARRIED

Page 103: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 103

3.8 22 NORFOLK STREET, NORTH BENDIGO 3550 - CONSTRUCTION OF 3 DWELLINGS

Document Information

Author Chris Duckett, Co-ordinator Land Use Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: Construction of 3 dwellings

Application No: DR/158/2013

Applicant: Carra Property

Land: 22 Norfolk Street, NORTH BENDIGO 3550

Zoning: Residential 1 Zone

Overlays: None

No. of objections: 5 (4 withdrawn)

Consultation meeting held:

19 August 2013

Key considerations: The principle of residential development in this location.

Whether the proposed development will impact adversely on neighbourhood character.

Conclusion: The site is in a good location to provide new housing in terms of accessibility to employment opportunities, leisure and shopping facilities and public transport. The proposal will have the positive effect of providing additional, much needed housing in an urban area, whilst preserving neighbourhood character. This report considers the permit application and recommends that the Greater Bendigo City Council issues a Notice of Decision to Grant a Planning Permit for the construction of three dwellings at 22 Norfolk Street North Bendigo.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Page 104: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 104

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

The subject site comprises an irregular shaped block with an area of 1,070 square metres. The site has a fall of around a metre from front to back. The block is located with a frontage to Norfolk Street and currently contains six single storey units on the eastern side of the block with six car ports located on the western side of the block. The surrounding area is wholly residential with single storey, detached dwellings being the most common building typology. To the immediate west of the site is a four unit development and to the east is a battle-axe block with two units.

Figure 1: Location map showing subject site. Objector’s property marked with a star.

Proposal

The proposal is to construct three single storey dwellings. Each of the dwellings would comprise 2 bedrooms, living/dining areas, kitchen, a bathroom, a laundry and a single garage. The dwellings would be of a traditional design with pitched roofs and clad with brick and weatherboard.

Page 105: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 105

It is proposed to relocate the parking for the existing units with two additional spaces for visitor parking.

Figure 2: Proposed site plan.

Figure 3: Elevations looking from the existing dwellings.

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The following clauses are relevant in the consideration of this proposal: State Planning Policy Framework

11.05 Regional Planning

15.01 Urban environment

15.02 Sustainable environment

16.01 Medium density housing Municipal Strategic Statement

21.05 Settlement

21.06 Housing

Page 106: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 106

21.08 Environment Local Planning Policies

22.11 North Bendigo Precinct 6 Other Provisions

32.01 Residential 1 Zone

55 Two or more dwellings on a lot and residential buildings

65 Decision Guidelines A planning permit is required for this proposal under the Residential 1 Zone.

Consultation/Communication

Referrals The following internal departments have been consulted on the proposal:

Referral Comment

Traffic No objection subject to conditions

Drainage No objection subject to conditions

Public Notification The application was advertised by way of notice on the site and letters to adjoining and nearby owners and occupiers. The original application proposed 3 two storey dwellings. As a result of advertising 5 objections were received. A consultation meeting was held with 4 of the 5 objectors either present or being represented. Two Ward Councillors also attended the meeting. The principal concern raised by those attending the consultation meeting was the two storey nature of the dwellings and the impact that this would have on the area. In response to these concerns the applicant agreed at the meeting to reduce the dwellings to single storey. The plans were subsequently amended and copies sent to all objectors. Those objectors that attended the consultation meeting withdraw their objections on the basis of the amended plans. The remaining objector (a resident of one of the units on the site) who did not attend the consultation meeting has maintained her objections which can be summarised as:

Insufficient room to manoeuvre into her car parking space

Removal of clothes line for existing units. The objections are discussed below.

Page 107: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 107

Planning Assessment

Principle of Residential Development Clause 11.05-4 Regional planning strategies and principles has the objective of developing regions and settlements which have a strong identity, are prosperous and are environmentally sustainable. Of particular relevance to this application is the strategy to limit urban sprawl and direct growth into existing settlements, promoting and capitalising on opportunities for urban renewal and redevelopment. Clause 16.01 Residential development has objectives which promote a diverse range of housing that meets community needs in locations that offer good access to services and transport and that is both water and energy efficient. The importance of energy and resource efficiency is also referenced in Clause 15.02 Sustainable development. The land is zoned Residential 1 and lies within the Urban Growth Boundary and in principle, is appropriate for an intensification of residential development. The proposal meets the overarching objectives of housing policies within the SPPF and the Residential Development Strategy as it would provide for urban consolidation in an area which has good access to local services and facilities. Whilst the location is appropriate for medium density, infill development, it is important to balance this against other objectives in the Planning Scheme as set out in the MSS. This includes the need to ensure developments achieve high standards of urban design, meet the identified neighbourhood character of areas. This is discussed further below. Neighbourhood Character Neighbourhood character is referenced as an important consideration throughout the Planning Scheme including Clauses 15.01 Urban Environment, 16.01 Residential development, 21.06 Housing, 22.20 North Bendigo Residential Character Policy, 32.01 Residential 1 Zone and 55 Two dwellings on a lot. Clause 22.20 North Bendigo Residential Character Policy (Precinct 6) is a relevant consideration for subdivision and development applications. Clause 22.11 has the principal objectives of ensuring that development is responsive to the desired future character of the area in which it is located and to retain and enhance the identified elements that contribute to its character. The policy sets out how the desired future character is to be achieved by the following objectives and design responses.

Objectives Recommended Design Response

To maintain and strengthen the garden setting of the dwelling.

Prepare a landscape plan to accompany all applications for new dwellings. Retain large, established trees and provide for the planting of new trees wherever possible.

Page 108: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 108

Objectives Recommended Design Response

Comment: A landscape plan was originally submitted but the amended application does not include a revised one. This will be required by condition.

To minimise site disturbance and impact of the building on the landscape.

Buildings should be designed to follow the contours of the site or step down the site.

Comment: The fall on the site is relatively modest and the fact that the dwellings are single storey will minimise any impact that they have.

To maintain the consistency, where present, of building front setbacks.

The front setback should be not less than the average setback of the adjoining two dwellings.

Comment: The front dwelling meets this objective.

To maintain the rhythm of dwelling spacing.

Buildings should be off-set from one side boundary.

Comment: The proposed dwellings will be off-set on one side boundary which would maintain the rhythm of spacing between dwellings in the streets.

To ensure that buildings and extensions do not dominate the streetscape.

Respect the predominant building height in the street. Where there is a predominance of single storey, the height of the dwelling at the front of the dwelling should match the typical single storey wall height.

Comment: The proposed dwelling would be in scale with other buildings in the street.

To use building materials and finishes that complement the dominant pattern within the streetscape.

In streetscapes where weatherboard predominates, use timber or other non-masonry cladding materials where possible, and render, bag or paint brick surfaces.

Comment: The materials of the proposed dwellings include weatherboard and other cladding which would be appropriate to the area given the mixed established character of the area.

To maintain the openness of the streetscape.

Provide open style front fencing. Front fences should not exceed 1.2 metres other than in exceptional case

Comment: No front fences are proposed.

In summary, the proposal has responded appropriately to the character of the area and is in compliance with the residential character policy and neighbourhood character.

Page 109: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 109

Objector’s Issues.

The concern over the size of the parking spaces was shared by the City’s Traffic Engineer originally. However the amended plans have increased the size of the parking spaces and therefore this is not a reasonable reason to refuse the application. Regarding the clothes line, as the applicant is also the owner of these units this is a minor matter that can be resolved between the parties and is not a reasonable reason to refuse the application.

Conclusion

The proposal would result in an efficient use of an infill development site which is in a good location to provide new housing in terms of accessibility to employment opportunities, leisure and shopping facilities and public transport. The proposal has been designed to integrate with its surroundings and would respect neighbourhood character whilst providing much needed additional housing in an accessible location.

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse to grant a permit.

Attachments

Objection

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to issue a Notice of Decision to Grant a Permit for the construction of three dwellings at 22 Norfolk Street, NORTH BENDIGO 3550 subject to the following conditions: 1. MODIFIED PLAN REQUIRED

Before development starts, amended plans to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved, the plans will be endorsed and will then form part of the permit. The plans must be drawn to scale with dimensions and three copies must be provided. The plans must be generally in accordance with the plans submitted with the application but modified to show: (a) Landscaping plan to accord with condition 2.

Page 110: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 110

2. LANDSCAPING PLAN REQUIRED The development permitted by this permit must not be commenced until a satisfactory landscaping plan for the whole of the subject land, including a maintenance schedule, is submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. A person suitably qualified or experienced in landscape design must prepare this plan. An endorsed copy of the plan must form part of this permit.

3. SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS Prior to the commencement of development a schedule of the proposed materials and colours to be used for the building, shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the responsible authority.

4. NO LAYOUT ALTERATION The development permitted by this permit as shown on the endorsed plans and/or described in the endorsed documents must not be altered or modified (for any reason) except with the prior written consent of the responsible authority.

5. LANDSCAPING MAINTENANCE The landscaping shown on the endorsed plans must be maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority, including that any dead, diseased or damaged plants are to be replaced.

6. COMPLETION OF LANDSCAPING Before the occupation of the development starts or by such later date as is approved by the responsible authority in writing, the landscaping works shown on the endorsed plans must be carried out and completed to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

7. REFRIGERATION & AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT Any equipment required for refrigeration, air-conditioning, heating and the like must be suitably insulated for the purpose of reducing noise emissions and must be located so as to not be highly visible from the street to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

8. CONSTRUCTION PHASE All activities associated with the construction of the development permitted by this permit must be carried out to the satisfaction of the responsible authority and all care must be taken to minimise the effect of such activities on the amenity of the locality.

9. CONSTRUCTION OF WORKS Road works, drainage and other civil works must be constructed in accordance with plans and specifications approved by the Responsible Authority and must include: (a) underground drainage;

10. DETAILED DRAINAGE PLANS

Prior to the commencement of works, plans to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved, the plans will be endorsed and then will form part of the permit.

Page 111: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 111

The plans must be drawn to scale with dimensions. The plans must include: (a) direction of stormwater run off

11. STORMWATER DETENTION

Before the development is commenced, the owner or applicant must provide onsite surface and stormwater detention to pre-development levels in accordance with plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the responsible authority. Total Allowable Site Discharge: Q10 = 9.0 l/s

12. DRAINAGE WORKS Prior to the completion of the development, drainage works must be constructed in accordance with plans approved by the responsible authority in condition 10 above.

13. SECTION 173 AGREEMENT – ON SITE DETENTION SYSTEM Prior to the completion of the development, the applicant/owner must enter into an Agreement under Section 173 of the Planning and Environment Act 1987 for each lot that will contain a treatment or detention facility. Such Agreement must covenant that;

The owner will maintain each on-site treatment system and/or detention system and not modify without prior written approval from the responsible authority.

The owner shall allow duly authorised officers of the responsible authority to inspect the systems at mutually agreed times.

The Owner will pay for all costs associated with the construction and maintenance of each on-site treatment and detention system.

14. CITY OF GREATER BENDIGO ASSETS

Before the development starts, the owner or developer must submit to the responsible authority a written report and photos of any prior damage to public infrastructure. Listed in the report must be the condition of kerb & channel, footpath, seal, street lights, signs and other public infrastructure fronting the property and abutting at least two properties either side of the development. Unless identified with the written report, any damage to infrastructure post construction will be attributed to the development. The owner or developer of the subject land must pay for any damage caused to any public infrastructure caused as a result of the development or use permitted by this permit.

15. PEDESTRIAN SIGHTLINES The minimum sight line for pedestrian safety must be provided at the exit lane frontage so as to accord with Clause 52.06-8 of the City of Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme.

Page 112: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 112

16. VEHICLE CROSSINGS Vehicular access to the subject land from any roadway or service lane (and vice versa) must be by way of a vehicle crossing(s) constructed at right angles to the road, to suit the proposed driveway(s) and vehicles that will use the crossing. A Works within Road Reserves permit must be obtained from the City of Greater Bendigo Asset Planning & Design Unit prior to any work commencing in the road reserve.

17. SEALED CAR PARK Areas set aside for the parking of vehicles together with the aisles and drives must be properly formed to such levels that they can be utilised in accordance with the endorsed plan and must be drained and provided with an impervious all weather seal coat. The areas must be constructed, drained and maintained in a continuously useable condition to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

18. USE OF CAR PARKING AREAS Areas set aside for the parking and movement of vehicles as shown on the endorsed plan must be made available for such use and must not be used for any other purpose.

19. FENCING OF SITE The fence(s) as shown on the endorsed plans(s) must be erected and maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

20. NO MUD ON ROADS In the event of mud, crushed rock or other debris being carried onto public roads or footpaths from the subject land, appropriate measures must be implemented to minimise the problem to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Williams. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 113: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 113

3.9 99 BOOTH STREET, GOLDEN SQUARE 3555 - CONSTRUCTION OF A DWELLING

Document Information

Author Peter O'Brien, Senior Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: Construction of a dwelling

Application No: DR/141/2013

Applicant: Cue Design

Land: 99 Booth Street, GOLDEN SQUARE 3555

Zoning: Residential 1 Zone

Overlays: Neighbourhood Character Overlay 1

No. of objections: 1

Consultation meeting held:

18 June 2013

Key considerations: Does a single dwelling on the lot accord with housing policy in the Planning Scheme

How the dwelling responds to the City’s Character Policy for the area (Precinct Golden Square 1).

Whether the dwelling complies with ResCode.

Impacts on residential amenity.

Conclusion: The dwelling, whilst contemporary in style, is an appropriate and complying design response to a very challenging sloping site. On this basis it is recommended that the application is approved.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Sustainability

Page 114: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 114

Strengthen the links between Greater Bendigo's past and future by protection and contemporary re-use of our heritage assets.

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

The application site is a rectangular lot of 649 square metres in size. The site has frontage to Yaloke Street of 28.59 metres and Booth Street of 22.78 metres. The lot was subdivided from the adjoining property (101 Booth Street) in 2006. The site is devoid of vegetation as vegetation has been removed since being subdivided; however no vegetation planning controls apply.

Figure 1: Contour plan of site (source CoGB GIS)

The most notable characteristic of the site is the slope of the land. The slope is not constant however it generally falls from the highest point (northern boundary) to the lowest (southern boundary) in the order of 5 metres.

Page 115: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 115

Figure 2: Location map showing subject site. Objector's property is marked with a star.

In terms of the broader context, the nearby built form is the typically eclectic mix found in many of Bendigo’s inner suburban streets. The adjoining dwelling (101 Booth Street) is a good example of an interwar dwelling. Opposite the site to the east is 94 Booth Street, a circa 1890s building that has Victorian characteristics, however, has had several extensions over time. 96 Booth Street is a cream brick circa 1960 dwelling 98 Booth Street is a Victorian dwelling. Adjoining the site to the west and fronting Curnow Street number 1 Curnow Street which is an Edwardian and further west at 3 Curnow Street is a is a 1960s weatherboard. Proposal

The application involves the construction of a contemporary, split level dwelling. The ground floor consists of storage area, compactus and craft room. A covered undercroft also exists to accommodate a caravan, access to which is gained from Yaloke Street. The upper level consists of three bedrooms and an attached garage. The garage is accessed via a ramp up from Booth Street. The garage wall is set 1.2 metres from the adjoining dwelling at 101 Booth Street. The front setback for the dwelling is 5.7 metres, which is greater than the approximate 4 metre setback of the adjoining dwelling.

Page 116: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 116

Figure 3: 3D Elevations.

Figure 4: Elevations.

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The following clauses are relevant in the consideration of this proposal: State Planning Policy Framework

Municipal profile (clause 21.01). Key issues and influences (clause 21.02). Vision - strategic framework (clause 21.03).

Page 117: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 117

Strategic directions (clause 21.04). Settlement (clause 21.05). Housing (clause 21.06). Infrastructure (clause 21.09). Reference documents (clause 21.10). Monitoring and review (clause 21.11).

Municipal Strategic Statement

Key issues and influences (housing) (21.02)

Settlement (21.05)

Housing (21.06) Local Planning Policies

Golden Square Residential Character Policy (22.15) Other Provisions

ResCode – 1 dwelling on a lot (54)

Decision Guidelines (65)

Consultation/Communication

Public Notification The application was advertised by way of notice on the site and letters to adjoining and nearby owners and occupiers. As a result of advertising 1 objection was received, with the grounds of objection being:

The proposed brick wall on boundary and resulting impacts of:

o Loss of view;

o Loss of cooling summer breeze in evenings;

o Wall becoming a heat bank in summer;

o Radiant heat in summer &

o Natural light reduction to family room

Security of yard during construction phase The objections are discussed below.

Planning Assessment

Does the proposal accord with Planning Scheme policy relating to housing? Clause 11.05-4 (Regional planning strategies and principles) has objectives to limit urban sprawl and direct growth into existing settlements, promoting and capitalising on opportunities for urban renewal and redevelopment.

Page 118: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 118

The objective of Clause 15.01 (Urban environment) aims to create urban environments that are safe, functional and provide good quality environments with a sense of place and cultural identity and subdivisions that are attractive, liveable, walkable, cyclable, diverse and sustainable neighbourhoods. Clause 15.02 Sustainable development seeks to achieve energy and resource efficiency in development proposals and encourages development that is consistent with the efficient use of energy and the minimisation of greenhouse gases. Clause 16.01 Residential development has objectives which promote a diverse range of housing that meets community needs in locations that offer good access to services and transport and that is both water and energy efficient. With respect to local provisions of the Planning Scheme, Clause 21.06 (Housing) and the referenced Bendigo Residential Development Strategy 2004 identifies the site as being within existing urban zoned land (being residential) hence policy support for a single dwelling on the lot exists. In this case, as the development is but one dwelling on a lot, planning approval is not required under the Residential 1 Zone. Planning approval under the Neighbourhood Character Overlay is the only approval required. Does the proposal represent an appropriate outcome with reference to Residential Character Policy and ResCode? The site is subject to the Neighbourhood Character Overlay. The site is within the Golden Square character precinct 1 which the policy describes as:

‘The area forms an extension of the inner ring of suburbs that exemplify the distinctive character of early Bendigo. Much of it has an intimate 'cottage' character, derived from the modest scale of the dwellings, frequent use of timber, the small garden setbacks, and the open front fences. Setbacks vary according to the size of lot and housing, but are often consistent within a particular streetscape. Some streets have mature avenues of trees, either exotic or native. This creates a very special character when street trees form a continuous canopy. Some of the area has heritage significance’.

The statement of desired future character for the precinct is: ‘The heritage qualities and the distinctive characteristics of each streetscape will be maintained and strengthened’. The desired future character is to be achieved by the following objectives and design responses:

Objective Design Responses

To retain buildings which contribute to the valued character of the area.

Retain and restore wherever possible, intact Victorian, Edwardian, Federation and Interwar era dwellings. Alterations and extensions should be appropriate to the building era.

Page 119: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 119

Objective Design Responses

Comment: Not applicable as the site is vacant. Prior to subdivision it was the rear yard of the adjoining property (101 Booth Street).

To maintain and strengthen the established garden settings of the dwellings.

Prepare a landscape plan to accompany all applications for new dwellings.

Comment: A landscape plan did not form part of the application. A conditional requirement recommended in the proposed conditions requires the preparation, submission, vetting and ultimate approval of such a plan.

To maintain the consistency, where present, of building front setbacks.

The front setback should be not less than the average setback of the adjoining two dwellings.

Comment: The only existing adjoining dwelling which is also setback from Booth Street is 101 Booth Street. The existing dwelling setback is 4.01 m. The proposed setback of the dwelling is 6.25 metres. This meets the objective, as well as addressing the issue of a drainage easement which runs along this frontage and precludes a closer setback.

To maintain the rhythm of dwelling spacing.

Buildings should be setback from at least one side boundary by a minimum of 2 metres, and preferably setback from both.

Comment: The dwelling is set 2.5 m off the western boundary. Initially no side setback was proposed for the boundary with 101 Booth Street. This resulted in the main ground of objection to the application. The applicant has since amended their plan to include a 1.2 metre setback off this boundary. This change has enhanced how the proposal addresses this Policy objective.

To minimise the dominance of car storage facilities.

Locate garages and carports behind the line of the dwelling.

Comment: An attached garage is proposed on the Booth Street frontage. The dominance of the garage is reduced by its flat roof. The flat roof of the garage contrasts with the butterfly/skillion form of the main dwelling roof form. The dominance is further reduced by the fact the garage is a single storey element of the building. The topography of the land means that it is single storey immediately adjoining 101 Booth Street, before falling away where it ends up being two storeys..

To respect the identified heritage qualities of the streetscape or adjoining buildings.

Where the streetscape contains identified heritage buildings, reflect the dominant building forms in the street, including roof forms, in the new building design.

Comment: The street contains an eclectic mix of architectural styles. The skillion/butterfly shapes proposed are not ‘main’ roof forms for existing nearby dwellings, however, many dwellings nearby do have skillion forms to the rear. If conventional roof shapes (hip or gable) were used this would have resulted in the dwelling being a lot more dominant in the street. The dwelling as submitted has been considered as having appropriate regard to it context.

Page 120: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 120

Objective Design Responses

To ensure that buildings and extensions do not dominate the streetscape.

Respect the predominant building height in the street and nearby properties. Where there is a predominance of single storey, the height of the dwelling at the front of the dwelling should match the typical single storey wall height.

Comment: The dwelling is two storeys in part. This is acceptable owing to the topography of the site and that at the part of the site where it adjoins with a single storey dwelling, that part of the dwelling is also single storey.

To use building materials and finishes that complements the dominant pattern within the streetscape.

In streets dominated by weatherboard dwellings, use timber or other non-masonry cladding materials where possible, and render, bag or paint brick surfaces.

Comment: Submission of a schedule which nominates colours and materials are a conditional requirement in the recommended conditions.

To ensure front fences are appropriate to the era and maintain the openness of the streetscape.

Provide open style front fencing. Front fences should not exceed 1.2 metres other than in exceptional cases.

Comment: No front fencing is proposed ensuring the openness objective is met.

In addition to character, the proposal has also been assessed as being in general accordance with all ResCode standards and objectives in terms of providing internal and external amenity consideration and appropriate siting. Resident objection The objection related to the impact of a wall on the boundary in terms of amenity and loss of view and the impacts on the resident whilst the fence would have been needed to be down in order to allow the wall on boundary to be erected. A consultation meeting was held for the application and the matter was almost resolved in that meeting. Since the consultation meeting the applicant has made a further concession of moving the wall off the boundary entirely in an attempt to resolve the objection. This has resulted in a better level of amenity for the objector, and is arguably a better planning outcome as the character policy encourages the siting of buildings off property boundaries. The objector also nominated a preferred colour for the adjoining brick wall. The preferred colour has been included in the Schedule of Materials condition proposed in the Notice of Decision. Whilst the movement of the side wall is positive change and the preferred wall colour has can be accommodated in conditions, the objector retains concerns about the application and the objection has not been withdrawn.

Page 121: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 121

Conclusion

The proposal is a contemporary design and has been assessed as meeting the Planning scheme requirement relating to housing policy, character and resolve and the application is worthy of Council support.

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse to grant a permit.

Attachments

Objection.

RECOMMENDATION:

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to issue a Notice of Decision to Grant a Permit for the construction of a dwelling at 99 Booth Street, GOLDEN SQUARE 3555 subject to the following conditions: 1. NO LAYOUT ALTERATION

The development permitted by this permit as shown on the endorsed plans or described in the endorsed documents must not be altered or modified (for any reason) except with the prior written consent of the responsible authority.

2. SCHEDULE OF MATERIALS Prior to the commencement of development a schedule of the proposed materials and colours to be used for the building, including samples, shall be submitted to and approved in writing by the responsible authority. Note: That the brick wall (garage) adjoining 101 Booth Street must be Boral bricks Elan – La Mesa with natural mortar. Other colours and materials should be generally compatible with the surrounding dwellings.

3. LANDSCAPE PLAN Before the development starts, a landscape plan to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved, the plan will be endorsed and will then form part of the permit. The plan must be drawn to scale with dimensions and three copies must be provided. The plan must show: Details of surface finishes of pathways and driveways Planting schedule of all proposed trees, shrubs and ground covers, including botanical names, common names, pot sizes, sizes at maturity, and quantities of each plant All species selected must be to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

Page 122: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 122

4. COMPLETION OF LANDSCAPING Before the occupation of the development starts or by such later date as is approved by the responsible authority in writing, the landscaping works shown on the endorsed plans must be carried out and completed to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

5. LANDSCAPING MAINTENANCE The landscaping shown on the endorsed plans must be maintained to the satisfaction of the responsible authority, including that any dead, diseased or damaged plants are to be replaced.

6. GENERAL DRAINAGE – BUILDINGS AND HOUSES The development must be drained to the satisfaction of the City of Greater Bendigo as the responsible drainage authority.

7. VEHICLE CROSSING Vehicular access to the subject land from any roadway or service lane (and vice versa) must be by way of a vehicle crossing(s) constructed at right angles to the road, to suit the proposed driveway(s) and vehicles that will use the crossing. A Works within Road Reserves permit must be obtained from the City of Greater Bendigo Asset Planning & Design Unit prior to any work commencing in the road reserve.

8. CONSTRUCTION PHASE All activities associated with the construction of the development permitted by this permit must be carried out to the satisfaction of the responsible authority and all care must be taken to minimise the effect of such activities on the amenity of the locality.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Campbell, Seconded Cr Fyffe. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 123: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 123

3.10 5 OLD VIOLET STREET, BENDIGO 3550 - DEMOLITION OF DWELLING, OUTBUILDINGS, FENCES AND CONSTRUCTION OF DWELLING AND FENCES

Document Information

Author Peter O'Brien, Senior Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: Demolition of dwelling, outbuildings, fences and construction of dwelling and fences

Application No: DD/19/2013

Applicant: OTS Architecture

Land: 5 Old Violet Street, BENDIGO 3550

Zoning: Residential 1 Zone

Overlays: Heritage Overlay (Schedule 11 – Rowan Street Precinct)

No. of objections: 1

Consultation meeting held:

No

Key considerations: Whether the demolition is acceptable with regard to Planning Scheme policy and the Heritage Overlay and;

Whether the replacement dwelling is an appropriate design response in a heritage precinct.

Conclusion: The demolition of the dwelling does not raise any issues of concern and this aspect of the proposal is supported. The replacement dwelling is not supported and as such the application is recommended for refusal.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Sustainability

Page 124: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 124

Strengthen the links between Greater Bendigo's past and future by protection and contemporary re-use of our heritage assets.

Background Information

Prior to the lodgement of the application, a pre-application meeting was conducted with officers and the applicant’s architect. Pre-application advice was that the dwelling demolition was supportable; however the replacement dwelling could not be supported unless the proposed use of reproduction, historic detailing was removed from the plans in order to provide for a more simple design response. The plans presented at pre-application and those lodged with the application are not substantially different.

Report

Subject Site and Surrounds

Figure 1: Location map showing subject site. Objector's property is marked with a star.

The subject site is a rectangular lot on the western (elevated) side of Old Violet Street. The size of the lot is 490.1 square metres. The lot is 24.46 metres deep, has frontage to Old Violet Street of 20.22 metres and rises from the south western to the north eastern corner of the site. The site contains an existing weatherboard dwelling constructed in 1951 which is in poor condition. The dwelling on the site is within a heritage precinct, however owing to its more recent year of construction the Butler and Associates Eaglehawk and Bendigo Heritage Study did not grade the dwelling thus it is not considered to be a contributory dwelling within the Rowan Street heritage precinct.

Page 125: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 125

Old Violet Street is a local, City of Greater Bendigo managed road and footpaths are present on both sides of the street. A notable feature of this part of Old Violet Street is that it is divided, one way and split level. The north bound lane is adjacent to the application site. Vehicular access to the application site is available from a crossover towards the southern boundary of the site. Land uses in the immediate surrounds of the subject site are dwellings. Proposal

Demolition:

Both the dwelling (constructed in 1951) and associated outbuildings are proposed to be demolished. The front, rear and one side fence are also proposed to be demolished. Construction:

The proposed dwelling is single storey with three bedrooms. The dwelling incorporates a recessive garage, bay windows and extensive verandahs. The applicant submission notes that the development reflects the client’s admiration of the ‘Boom’ or Victorian Italianate’ (1875-1901) architectural style and the detailing of the proposed dwelling (including multicolored brickwork, slate roof, lace ironwork and bay windows). Fences are also proposed (side and rear). The front fence is proposed to be 1.2 metres high, of brick and pillar construction with lace iron insert panels.

Page 126: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 126

Page 127: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 127

Page 128: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 128

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

Why a permit is required: The site is within Heritage Overlay which triggers the need for a permit to demolish the dwelling and fences and construct the new dwelling and fences. The following clauses are relevant in the consideration of this proposal: State Planning Policy Framework:

Heritage (clause 15.03). Municipal Strategic Statement:

Housing (clause 21.06). Heritage (Clause 21.08) Reference documents (clause 21.10).

Local Planning Policies:

Heritage Policy (clause 22.06). Zone:

Residential 1 Zone (clause 32.01). Overlay:

Heritage Overlay (clause 43.03).

Consultation/Communication

Referrals The following internal department has been consulted on the proposal:

Referral Comment

Heritage Advisor No objection to the demolition, objection to the proposed replacement dwelling, in particular the replication of historic detail.

Public Notification The application was advertised by way of notice on the site and letters to adjoining and nearby owners and occupiers. As a result of advertising 1 objection was received, with the grounds of objection being:

Solid brick construction not fitting character of the area.

Proposed dwelling not complying with Council guidelines concerning new constructions in the area.

Page 129: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 129

Bulk and form of construction extends beyond current building footprint and may be detrimental to amenity.

The objections are discussed below.

Planning Assessment

The Heritage Overlay is the reason why a permit is required for demolition of the existing dwelling and then construction of a replacement dwelling. A long held principle in planning law is called the ‘National Trust’ principle which holds that a decision maker's discretion is confined to a consideration of those matters related directly to the permit trigger itself, which in this case is the Heritage Overlay. One of the objector concerns mentions ‘character’ and amenity impacts from dwelling bulk. Whilst the permit applicant’s own submission included an assessment of the application against Clause 54 (ResCode) and the City’s Residential Character Policy, they sit outside of the discretion the City has in determining this application, hence do not form part of this assessment. Clause 15.02 of the Planning Scheme is the State heritage conservation policy. The Eaglehawk and Bendigo Heritage Study identified the site as falling within a broader heritage precinct, hence the presence of the Heritage Overlay. This policy, amongst other objectives, includes a challenge to ‘encourage appropriate development that respects places with identified heritage values and creates a worthy legacy for future generations’. In this case the replacement dwelling has been assessed as being inappropriate and will not create a ‘worthy legacy for future generations’. Quite the opposite is the case. If the replacement dwelling was constructed on this site the level of re-production historical detailing could in fact obscure and confuse the heritage significance of the precinct. Future generations will find it difficult to recognise this building as being a dwelling constructed in this era, which is why reproduction dwellings are actively discouraged in heritage areas. Council’s own Municipal Strategic Statement relating to Heritage at clause 21.08 notes that:

Greater Bendigo has a large number of significant built heritage assets of local, state and national significance. There are buildings, sites and precincts dating from all decades of post-contact settlement since the 1850’s, following the discovery of gold, throughout the municipality. The total complex of buildings, infrastructure, urban spaces and natural resources represent the most significant asset and resource in central Victoria. Heritage is an important part of the economy of the municipality due to its role in attracting tourists, renovators and new residents who bring economic development initiatives and assets.

Linking to the Municipal Strategic Statement is the City’s current Local adopted Heritage Policy at clause 22.06 which includes statements of policy to:

Ensure that new land uses and developments are sympathetic with the appearance and character of heritage places; and

Retain heritage assets for the enjoyment and experience of residents, visitors and future generations of the municipality.

Page 130: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 130

The Heritage Advisor's assessment of the replacement dwelling is that:

The proposed form of the replacement dwelling has some positive attributes, namely, that it is single storey , has a low fence, would fit with the rhythm of the streetscape and the car accommodation is set well back.

However, the design of the residence and its fence, in its current form is not acceptable, because it replicates historic detail in both the overall design and the decorative elements. This should be avoided in any new infill building in a heritage precinct. High quality contemporary design is preferred.

The roof pitch appears to be considerably lower than roof pitches of existing houses in the street. If a pitched roof form is to be used (and this is preferred), it would be preferable for the roof pitch to more closely reflect the existing roofs in the street.

For the benefit of Council, this assessment has also had regard to the proposed Heritage Policy of Council which forms part of the Planning Scheme Review (Amendment C170). Amendment C170 was publically exhibited last year, however, has not been finalised to date. A relevant policy statement regarding demolition is that it is policy to: ‘allow the demolition of non-contributory buildings in heritage precincts provided the replacement building positively contributes to the heritage significance of the precinct’. The subject site, whilst in a Heritage Precinct, has not been identified as being a contributory dwelling in the current heritage study (Butler and Associates – Eaglehawk and Bendigo Heritage Study 1993). Relevant policy statements regarding the replacement dwelling include

Maintain the existing scale, massing, form and siting of contributory buildings in heritage precincts when designing new buildings.

Ensure that new buildings adjacent to contributory buildings are sympathetic to the significance and character of the contributory building and the precinct.

Ensure the replication of historic detail in new buildings is avoided. High quality contemporary design is encouraged and is preferable to copying original design [author emphasis].

Ensure new buildings do not visually dominate adjacent contributory buildings or the heritage precinct in terms of size, height or bulk.

Ensure new buildings are not taller than adjacent contributory buildings unless in a heritage precinct where a pronounced variation in building height already exists.

Ensure that new buildings are setback the same distance from the front boundary as adjacent contributory buildings.

Council’s proposed heritage policy seeks to include Heritage Victoria’s Heritage Overlay Guidelines as a reference document. Relevantly, the Heritage Overlay Guidelines issued by Heritage Victoria contain near identical statements with regard to the use of reproduction historic detail on new dwellings.

Page 131: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 131

As has been stated in the comments of the Heritage Advisor, there are a number of positive elements that the replacement dwelling incorporates regarding to siting, bulk and articulation. A number of attempts have been made both in pre-application and the formal application process to moderate the design to address the key concern regarding replication of historic detailing. The applicant has been fully aware of the officer position in this regard throughout the process and has specifically requested the application be determined in the submitted form.

Conclusion

In conclusion, the assessing officer is in agreement with the expert opinion provided by the Heritage Advisor. The merit of the demolition and replacement development need to be determined independently of each other. There is no concern raised with the 1951 constructed dwelling being demolished. It is the level of replication of historic detailing on the replacement dwelling that has resulted in this recommendation, despite many of the fundamentals of the design being sound. As the replacement dwelling has not been assessed favourably it follows that the application as a whole is recommended for refusal.

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse to grant a permit.

Attachments

Objection.

Page 132: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 132

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to refuse to grant a permit at 5 Old Violet Street, Bendigo for the demolition of dwelling, outbuilding and fences and construction of dwelling and fences for the following reasons: 1. The replacement dwelling in the submitted form is contrary to State and Local

policies in regard to heritage and the objectives of the Heritage Overlay.

2. The replacement dwelling will have an adverse impact on the heritage values of the Rowan Street Heritage Precinct (HO11).

3. The use of a fine grain of historic detailing (lace iron under verandah and fence, bay windows, slate roof and multi-colour brickwork) on a new dwelling in a heritage precinct is not an appropriate design approach.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 133: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 133

3.11 635 CALDER HIGHWAY, MAIDEN GULLY 3551 - 3 LOT SUBDIVISION AND REMOVAL OF VEGETATION

Document Information

Author Liz Commadeur, Subdivision Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning & Development Director

Summary/Purpose

Application details: 3 lot subdivision of land and removal of vegetation

Application No: DS/183/2013

Applicant: M D Hutchings

Land: 635 Calder Highway, Maiden Gully 3551

Zoning: Residential 1 Zone

Overlays: Design and Development Overlay 10

No. of objections: Nil

Key considerations: The proposed subdivision does not satisfy the requirement of the Design and Development Overlay 10 which requires that subdivisions respect the existing character of the area, including the existing residential development patterns, and that the subdivision design and layout does not provide for the retention and protection of existing native vegetation.

Conclusion: This report recommends that Council oppose the subdivision as it does not meet the requirements of the Design and Development Overlay 10 or accord with the existing character of the area.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Sustainability

Strengthen the links between Greater Bendigo's past and future by protection and contemporary re-use of our heritage assets.

Page 134: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 134

Report

Figure 1: Aerial view of surrounding area

Subject Site and Surrounds

The site has an area of 4,632 square metres and is located within a residential area on the western side of the Calder Highway in Maiden Gully. An older style dwelling and associated outbuildings are located on the eastern part of the site and are surrounded by an extensive garden. A small patch of native vegetation is located in the western part of the site. Access to the dwelling is via an unsealed service road, which runs off the Calder

Page 135: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 135

Highway. A powerline easement traverses the front of the site and a 3 metre wide drainage easement traverses the middle of the site. The area is noted for its natural bushland and semi-rural setting in a residential area, comprising of large lots ranging from 2,000 – 8,500 square metres. Most of the dwellings in the area are large and set in gardens often defined by large stands of native vegetation. Most of the lot boundaries are fenced with traditional post and wire. The lots along the western side of the Calder Highway are accessed by a service road. The site is surrounded by dwellings on large, landscaped lots. The site is located approximately 8 kilometres from the Bendigo CBD. Local facilities include a primary school and small shopping precinct in Maiden Gully. Proposal

The applicant seeks approval to subdivide the land into 3 lots and to remove a patch of native vegetation at the rear of the site. The area of the proposed lots will be: Lot 1 - 1,510 square metres, Lot 2 - 1,526 square metres (containing the existing dwelling) and Lot 3 - 1,596 square metres. Lot 1 will gain access via a battle-axe driveway running along the northern boundary, while Lot 3 will gain access via a battle-axe driveway running down the southern boundary. The existing dwelling and associated shedding will be retained on Lot 2.

Figure 2: Proposed plan of subdivision

Page 136: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 136

Planning Controls - Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme

The site is in the Residential 1 Zone. The site is wholly affected by the Design and Development Overlay 10 (Maiden Gully Structure Plan) control. A permit is required under the zone and overlay provisions to subdivide the site. The native vegetation provisions in the Scheme (clause 52.17) also trigger a permit to remove native vegetation on the site. The following provisions of the City of Greater Bendigo Planning Scheme are relevant to the application: State Planning Policy Framework:

Open space (clause 11.03)

Regional development (clause 11.05)

Urban environment (clause 15.01).

Sustainable development (clause 15.02)

Residential development (clause 16.01)

Integrated transport (clause 18.01)

Movement networks (clause 18.02) Municipal Strategic Statement:

Municipal profile (clause 21.01)

Key issues and influences (clause 21.02)

Vision - strategic framework (clause 21.03)

Strategic directions (clause 21.04)

Settlement (clause 21.05)

Housing (clause 21.06)

Environment (clause 21.08)

Infrastructure (clause 21.09)

Reference documents (clause 21.10) Local Planning Policies:

Salinity and erosion risk policy (clause 22.04) Other relevant provisions:

Native vegetation (clause 52.17)

Residential Subdivision (clause 56)

Decision guidelines (clause 65)

Referral and notice provisions (clause 66)

Consultation/Communication

Referrals

Page 137: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 137

The following authorities and internal departments have been consulted on the proposal:

Referral Comment

Powercor No objection subject to conditions

Coliban Water No objection subject to conditions

VicRoads No objection subject to conditions

Tenix No objection subject to one condition

Traffic & Design (Internal) No objection subject to conditions

Drainage (Internal) No objection subject to conditions

Public Notification The application was advertised by way of notice on the site and letters to adjoining and nearby owners and occupiers. No objections were received.

Planning Assessment

Design and Development Overlay 10 (DDO10) - Maiden Gully Structure Plan The site is affected by the Design and Development Overlay 10. This overlay refers to the land designated in the Maiden Gully Structure Plan. The site is within Precinct 2 of the Maiden Gully Structure Plan, which seeks the following outcomes:

"All new lots must be at least 1,500m2. Particular consideration must be given to the existing residential development patterns; access to the Calder Highway must be by minor roads or service roads wherever possible."

In addition, the Council must consider:

The existing character of the area;

Whether the subdivision design and layout provides for the retention and protection of existing native vegetation;

The Maiden Gully Structure Plan, October 1996. The key issue to this application is whether the proposed three lot subdivision is in accordance with the intent of the Maiden Gully Structure Plan. The neighbourhood character has been influenced by the preferred outcomes required by the Maiden Gully Structure Plan. The area does have a ‘rural feel’, about it, largely due to all the lots having an area generally greater than 4,000 square metres, large dwellings and a backdrop of patches of native vegetation and large garden trees, both native and exotics. In response to the site and its context, the subdivision fails to achieve a satisfactory outcome for the following reasons.

The proposed subdivision is creating two new lots to the rear of an existing dwelling, which is not in keeping with the pattern of existing lots along the western side of the Calder Highway or Dawson Drive.

Page 138: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 138

The area of the proposed lots meets the minimum lot size of 1,500 square metres. However, the area of the battle-axe driveways to Lots 1 and 3 is excessive and greatly reduces the area available for the construction of a dwelling and associated shedding. The reduction of area at the rear of the site on each of these lots is not in keeping with the existing character of the area. The large driveways would also result in the loss of a number of garden trees which would greatly alter the streetscape along the service road.

The proposed lots at the rear of the site will result in dwellings that could potentially impact on the amenity of abutting neighbours. The scale and bulk of future dwellings will reduce the openness of the area that abutting neighbours currently enjoy. Any dwelling constructed on Lot 3 will potentially be situated within close proximity to the existing dwelling at 637 Calder Highway.

The proposed subdivision design and layout will result in the removal of a patch of trees at the rear of the site. The removal of trees is not in keeping with the intent of the Maiden Gully Structure Plan. These trees contribute to the bushland setting and provide a leafy backdrop to the existing dwelling.

Removal of Native Vegetation A small patch of native vegetation is proposed to be removed from the rear of the site, as shown in the photo below. The site has been assessed as containing one patch of Box-Ironbark forest, which is of “high” conservation significance. When assessing this application to remove the patch of native vegetation, it is important to consider the decision guidelines set out in the DDO10. It is noted that one of the decision guidelines specifically identifies whether the subdivision design and layout provides for the retention and protection of existing vegetation. The trees have both an ecological importance (they are classified as having a "high conservation value"), as well as being important to the character of the site. The removal of the trees is not supported on this basis.

Figure 3: Remnant of patch Box Ironbark Forest to be removed

Page 139: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 139

Conclusion

The application to subdivide land into three lots at 635 Calder Highway, Maiden Gully should not be supported on the grounds that the proposed subdivision does not meet the requirements of the Design and Development Overlay 10 or accord with the existing character of the area. A two lot subdivision would be a more reasonable planning outcome for the area in terms of neighbourhood character. The applicant was advised that a two lot subdivision would be supported, however, the idea was rejected.

Options

Council, acting as the responsible authority, may resolve to approve or refuse to grant a permit.

RECOMMENDATION

Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to issue a Notice of Refusal to Grant a Permit for a three lot subdivision and removal of native vegetation at 635 Calder Highway, Maiden Gully on the following grounds: 1. The subdivision is not in keeping with the existing residential development patterns

in the area. 2. The subdivision will result in the loss of a patch of high quality native vegetation on

the site. MOTION Moved Cr Lyons, Seconded Cr Chapman Pursuant to section 61 of the Planning and Environment Act (1987), Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to issue a Notice of Decision to Grant a Permit for a three lot subdivision at 635 Calder Highway, Maiden Gully subject to the following conditions:

1. PLANS TO BE ENDORSED The plans to be endorsed and which will then form part of the permit are the plans submitted with the application.

2. LAYOUT PLANS The subdivision, as shown on the endorsed plans, must not be altered without the prior written consent of the responsible authority.

3. PUBLIC OPEN SPACE CONTRIBUTION Before the statement of compliance is issued the applicant or owner must pay to the responsible authority a sum equivalent to 5% of the site value of all the land in the subdivision.

Page 140: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 140

4. DETAILED DRAINAGE PLANS Prior to the certification of the plan of subdivision under the Subdivision Act 1988, plans to the satisfaction of the responsible authority must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. When approved, the plans will be endorsed and then will form part of the permit. The plans must be drawn to scale with dimensions. The plans must include: (d) Direction of stormwater run-off. (e) A point of discharge for each lot. (f) Independent drainage for each lot.

5. STORMWATER DETENTION

Prior to the issue of a statement of compliance, the owner or applicant must provide onsite surface and stormwater detention to pre-development levels in accordance with plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the responsible authority. Allowable discharge: Lot 2 Q5 = 3.25l/s

Lot 3 Q5 = 3.43l/s

Or

The responsible authority may deem this condition satisfied by a development contribution towards the acceptance of surface and stormwater discharge from the approved subdivision, building and/or works, whether or not such new drainage infrastructure has been or will be situated within the boundaries of the subject land. Such amount is assessed as $4,000 or such amount applying at the time of payment.

6. STORMWATER QUALITY Before the use or development is commenced, the owner or applicant must provide a stormwater treatment system to achieve the Best Practice Environmental Guidelines storm water quality (Victoria Stormwater Committee 1999) in accordance with plans and specifications to the satisfaction of the responsible authority.

Or

The responsible authority may deem this condition satisfied by a development contribution towards the treatment of surface and stormwater discharge from the approved subdivision, building and/or works, whether or not such new stormwater treatment infrastructure has been or will be situated within the boundaries of the subject land or its immediate catchment. Such amount is assessed as $1,320 or such amount applying at the time of payment.

7. DRAINAGE WORKS Prior to the issue of the statement of compliance for the subdivision, drainage works must be constructed in accordance with plans approved by the responsible authority.

8. SECTION 173 AGREEMENT Should the applicant opt to install an on-site stormwater detention system or water quality treatment system then, prior to the issue of statement of compliance, the applicant/owner must enter into an Agreement under section 173 of the Planning and Environment Act 1987. Such Agreement must

Page 141: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 141

covenant that: (g) The system shall be designed by a qualified engineer and must be

approved by the responsible authority prior to construction. (h) Each system must be constructed either prior to, or currently with, the

construction of any building on the specified lots. (i) The system must be completed prior to connection to the responsible

authority’s drainage system. (j) The owner will maintain each system and not modify without prior written

approval from the responsible authority. (k) The owner shall allow duly authorised officers of the responsible authority

to inspect the system at mutually agreed times. (l) The Owner will pay for all costs associated with the construction and

maintenance of the system.

9. PUBLIC ASSETS Before the development starts, the owner or developer must submit to the responsible authority a written report and photos of any prior damage to public infrastructure. Listed in the report must be the condition of kerb and channel, footpath, seal, street lights, signs and other public infrastructure fronting the property and abutting at least two properties either side of the development. Unless identified with the written report, any damage to infrastructure post construction will be attributed to the development. The owner or developer of the subject land must pay for any damage caused to any public infrastructure caused as a result of the development or use permitted by this permit.

10. 2

7

.

OFFSET PLAN Prior to the issue of a statement of compliance, an offset plan showing appropriate offsets to compensate for the removal of one patch of Box Ironbark Forest (0.5ha) of high conservation significance must be submitted to and approved by the responsible authority. Three copies of the plan must be provided. When approved, the plan will be endorsed and will then form part of this permit. The Offset Plan must include but is not limited to the following: (k) Means of calculating the offsets. (l) Locations where offsets will be provided. (m) Type of offsets to be provided for each location. (n) Details of works to be undertaken to achieve the required gain. (o) Details of local indigenous revegetation including number of trees, shrubs

and other plants, species mix and density appropriate to the EVC where the offset will be located.

(p) Means of interim protection for newly established vegetation. (q) Methods of permanent protection for the offsets. (r) Persons responsible for implementing and monitoring the offset plans. (s) Timeframes for implementing the offset plans. (t) Details of any earthworks, drainage and other works. Note: Third party offsets may be available from the Department of

Sustainability and Environment BushBroker over the counter program. Please contact Greg Waddell on (03) 5430 4353 or visit www.dse.vic.gov.au/nativevegetation for further information.

Page 142: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 142

11. 2

8

.

EXISTING DRIVEWAY Prior to the issue of a statement of compliance, the applicant must upgrade the existing driveway with 75mm of compacted crushed rock to a minimum trafficable width of 4 metres to provide all weather access for fire trucks.

12. 2

9

.

COLIBAN WATER (c) The applicant or owner is required to reach agreement with Coliban Water

for the provision of reticulated water and sewerage services to each of the lots within the subdivision and comply with any requirements arising from any effect of the proposed development on Coliban Water assets.

(d) All Coliban Water assets within the subdivision, both existing and proposed, are to be protected by Registered Easement in favour of Coliban Region Water Corporation.

13. 3

0

.

POWERCOR (g) The plan of subdivision submitted for certification under the Subdivision

Act 1988 shall be referred to Powercor Australia Ltd in accordance with section 8 of that Act.

(h) The applicant shall: Provide an electricity supply to all lots in the subdivision in accordance with Powercor’s requirements and standards, including the extension, augmentation or re-arrangement of any existing electricity supply system, as required by Powercor.

(i) The applicant shall: Where buildings or other installations exist on the land to be subdivided and are connected to the electricity supply, they shall be brought into compliance with the Service and Installation Rules issued by the Victorian Electricity Supply Industry. The applicant shall arrange compliance through a Registered Electrical Contractor and provide to Powercor Australia Ltd a completed Electrical Safety Certificate in accordance with Electricity Safe Victoria’s Electrical System.

(j) The applicant shall: Provide to Powercor Australia Ltd, a copy of the version of the plan of subdivision submitted for certification, which shows any amendments which have been required.

(k) Any buildings must comply with the clearances required by the Electricity Safety (Network Assets) Regulations.

(l) Any construction work must comply with the Officer of the Chief Electrical Inspector No Go Zone rules.

14. 3

1

.

TELECOMMUNICATIONS The owner of the land must enter into an agreement with:

A telecommunications network or service provider for the provision of telecommunication services to each lot shown on the endorsed plan in accordance with the provider’s requirements and relevant legislation at the time.

A suitably qualified person for the provision of fibre ready telecommunication facilities to each lot shown on the endorsed plan in accordance with any industry specifications or any standards set by the Australian Communications and Media Authority, unless the applicant can demonstrate that the land is in an area where the National Broadband Network will not be provided by optical fibre.

Before the issue of a Statement of Compliance for any stage of the

Page 143: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 143

subdivision under the Subdivision Act 1988, the owner of the land must provide written confirmation from:

A telecommunications network or service provider that all lots are connected to or are ready for connection to telecommunications services in accordance with the provider’s requirements and relevant legislation at the time.

A suitably qualified person that fibre ready telecommunication facilities have been provided in accordance with any industry specifications or any standards set by the Australian Communications and Media Authority, unless the applicant can demonstrate that the land is in an area where the National Broadband Network will not be provided by optical fibre.

15. 3

2

.

TENIX The plan of subdivision submitted for certification must be referred to SP AusNet (Gas) in accordance with section 8 of the Subdivision Act 1988.

16. 3

3

.

VICROADS (c) Access to the subject land must be via the existing service road and no

direct access to the Calder Highway will be permitted. (d) The discharge of any concentrated drainage onto the Calder highway

reserve must not be permitted unless approved in writing by VicRoads.

17. 3

4

.

EXPIRY OF THE PERMIT (c) The plan of subdivision is not certified within two years from the date of

this permit; or (d) The subdivision is not completed within five years from the date of

certification of the plan of subdivision. The responsible authority may extend the time for certification of the plan if a request is made in writing before the permit expires or within six months afterwards.

NOTE:

CONSENT FOR WORK ON ROAD RESERVES

The applicant must comply with:

(a) The Road Management Act 2004.

(b) Road Management (Works and Infrastructure) Regulations 2005.

(c) Road Management (General) Regulations 2005.

with respect to any requirements to notify the Coordinating Authority and/or seek consent from the Coordinating Authority to undertake “works” (as defined in the Act) in, over or under the road reserve. The responsible authority in the inclusion of this condition on this planning permit is not deemed to have been notified of, or to have given consent to undertake any works within the road reserve as proposed in this permit.

LOST

Page 144: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 144

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, seconded Cr Fyffe. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 145: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 145

3.12 CITY OF GREATER BENDIGO HERITAGE ADVISORY COMMITTEE TERMS OF REFERENCE

Document Information

Author Dr Dannielle Orr, Heritage Planner, Strategy Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to present to Council the August 2013 revision of the Terms of Reference for the City of Greater Bendigo Heritage Advisory Committee (HAC) for adoption.

Policy Context

The Greater Bendigo 2036 Community Plan recognises the importance of heritage to the community, when it states that ‘Our vision is to share a bountiful environment, where public spaces showcase beauty, innovation and valued heritage assets, while benefiting the community’ (p.4). The City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013-2017 directs, in Theme 4 Sustainability, section 4.4, to ‘Strengthen the links between Greater Bendigo’s past and future by protection and contemporary re-use of our heritage assets.’ The City of Greater Bendigo HAC Terms of Reference, June 2009 (item 7.6) requires that the terms are reviewed every three years from date of adoption.

Background Information

The City of Greater Bendigo HAC has recently reviewed its previous Terms of Reference (June 2009). At the 19 September 2013 meeting, HAC endorsed the proposed changes. Previous Council Decision(s) Date(s): Appointment of two Councillor representatives to the HAC with a recommendation to amend the Terms of Reference at Ordinary Council meeting 5 December 2012. Adoption of City of Greater Bendigo HAC Terms of Reference June 2009 Ordinary Council meeting 18 November 2009.

Page 146: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 146

Report

The City of Greater Bendigo HAC is an advisory committee to Council. Membership of HAC is comprised of two Councillors, representatives from state government, industry and community organisations involved with heritage, as well as representatives from the community. The charter of the City of Greater Bendigo HAC is:

to provide advice / input into Council’s strategic planning processes to ensure that heritage matters are given due consideration;

to provide advice to the Council on the identification, conservation, restoration and promotion of places of heritage significance in the municipality, and;

to promote community participation in and awareness of heritage issues. Proposed Changes to the HAC Terms of Reference The changes proposed to the HAC Terms of Reference by the committee are as follows: Preamble

Replace the existing Preamble with the Statement of Significance in the adopted City of Greater Bendigo Thematic Environmental History, as the primary statement of Greater Bendigo’s cultural significance. Preamble (City of Greater Bendigo HAC Terms of Reference, June 2009)

Bendigo’s heritage is a significant economic and social asset which gives the municipality much of its distinctive appeal and character. Bendigo’s heritage is everywhere. It is represented in humble miners’ cottages, in the mining relics which abound throughout the area, in the grand public buildings and stately mansions associated with the gold boom. It is represented in many historic commercial and industrial buildings, hotels, churches and schools. It is reflected in present landscapes which reflect the past – such as the mullock heaps and the poppet heads, the meandering streets of Eaglehawk, and in the majestic heart of Bendigo which includes Pall Mall, View Point and Rosalind Park. In short, Bendigo’s heritage relates to those things that are important in the cultural history of the area or which have a special association with the district’s people, groups or activities. In order to advise it on policy and matters affecting such areas and to act in the community interest in protecting and preserving such important assets, the Greater Bendigo City Council ('Council') has established an expert advisory committee. Recommendation: Accept

Page 147: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 147

3. Committee Membership

3.1 Increase the membership to include two Councillors, in line with the Ordinary Council meeting decision of 5 December 2012.

3.3 Invite a representative of the Bendigo Historical Society as a member.

3.4 Update the organisation title to the Department of Environment and Primary Industries.

3.5 Change the requirements for community representatives to highlight expertise in heritage.

Recommendation: Accept 4. Terms of Office of Committee Members

Community representatives are initially appointed for a three year term and can be reappointed by Council for a maximum of two further terms. Remove the limitation on additional terms of office for community representative appointments. Recommendation: Accept in part. Support the existing appointment of a three year term but increase the maximum to three further terms for community representatives. City of Greater Bendigo recognises and values the expertise and commitment of the current community representatives; however, all committees need to be refreshed and provide opportunities for new thinking and new people to be involved. 6.5 Key Roles of the Committee – inform, educate and promote heritage matters

7.4 Operational Guidelines – HAC promotional activities

Remove out of date references to the Heritage Fair. Change description of activities undertaken to be more general in scope. Recommendation: Accept

Consultation/Communication

Internal Consultation: The HAC instigated the revision process according to the directive in 7.6 Review of the standing Terms of Reference (June 2009). The HAC was consulted at every stage of the process and changes were incorporated into the final document. The HAC endorsed the Terms of Reference (August 2013) at the 19 September 2013 meeting.

Resource Implications

The City of Greater Bendigo HAC Terms of Reference has a minor resource implication from the change in committee membership. A community representative position would become vacant with the invitation of a member to the Bendigo Historical Society position.

Page 148: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 148

Conclusion

The changes made to the HAC Terms of Reference provide clear guidelines and a focussed point of reference for the committee who will serve through the next 3 year period.

Attachments

1. The City of Greater Bendigo Heritage Advisory Committee Terms of Reference 2013.

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to: 1. Adopt the City of Greater Bendigo Heritage Advisory Committee Terms of

Reference 2013, but increase the additional terms of office for community representatives to a maximum of three further terms.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 149: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 149

Page 150: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 150

Page 151: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 151

Page 152: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 152

Page 153: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 153

Page 154: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 154

Page 155: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 155

Page 156: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 156

3.13 EASTERN SERVICE ROAD - CALDER ALTERNATIVE HIGHWAY, MARONG

Document Information

Author Andrew Smith, Transportation Engineer Responsible Darren Fuzzard, Director Presentation and Assets Director

Summary/Purpose

To: 1. Formally update Council on the Minister for Transport’s decision regarding access to

the eastern service road from the Calder Alternative Highway near Malone Park at Marong; and

2. Recommend that Council determine to operate the service road as one way given

the Minister’s decision and not seek to restrict access to trucks. 3. Recommend that Council advocate to VicRoads for a new facility in a more

appropriate location.

Policy Context

Council Plan Reference:

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013–2017:

Theme: 3 Productivity

Strategic Objective: 3.1 Our long-term planning enables the movement of people and freight that is efficient and healthy for individuals and the environment.

Background Information

Previous Council Decision(s) Date(s): At the Council meeting on 19 December 2012, a motion was passed “That there be a stay on any works associated with the eastern services roads adjacent to High Street, Marong, until a decision is made at the next Council Meeting." At the Council meeting on 13 February 2013, a motion was passed: 1. That Council establish two-way traffic on the service road on the east side of the

Calder Alternative Highway at Marong adjacent to Malone Park.

Page 157: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 157

2. That Council advocate to VicRoads and the Minister for Transport to design and enable two-way access from the Calder Alternative Highway to the service road.

This matter was also discussed at the Councillors' Forum on 4 September 2013.

Report

In a letter dated 30 July 2013, the Minister for Transport indicated he supports VicRoads’ position that access and egress between the Calder Alternative Highway and the eastern service road near Malone Park be made one way as a result of the Marong Links Estate development (refer to attached plan). In light of this decision, it is considered appropriate to review Council’s resolution from 13 February 2013 that determined to retain two-way traffic within the service road. While two-way traffic is physically possible, there appears little value in doing so given the highway access will be one way and there is little or no need to travel between businesses on the service road. On the contrary, operating the service road two-way may result in increased safety risk due to unfamiliar drivers misunderstanding its operation and not anticipating oncoming traffic. If Council does deem it appropriate to operate the service road two-way then additional works (funded by Council) would be required. No design has been developed for this option however a cost of around $10,000 could be expected. Notwithstanding the Minister’s decision, it is understood that Council’s concern about safety of trucks u-turning on the highway into the service road remains. This matter was pursued with VicRoads and the City was advised that the design of the entrance to the service road (approved as part of the Marong Links Estate planning permit process) is adequate and safe to accommodate b-doubles. Authority over this decision rests with VicRoads. It is understood that Council also has concerns regarding the appropriateness of the service road being used by trucks for extended periods of time due to the impact on the amenity of nearby residents. A perception also exists that the rest area on the eastern service road is a ‘designated’ truck stop by VicRoads. These matters have also been discussed with VicRoads and it is VicRoads’ position that, although the truck stop is not an "official" truck stop, it does serve a particularly important role for Melbourne bound truck drivers. In support of this, it is noted that there are no other toilet facilities readily accessible to Melbourne bound drivers between Bridgewater and (near) Kyneton. If Council deemed it appropriate to attempt to prevent the impact of trucks on residential amenity as a result of possible extended stopovers in the eastern service road, two options exist:

Page 158: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 158

1. Install similar signs to those that have existed on the western service road since the

1990’s which state “No Parking 7.30pm-7.30am, private vehicles accepted”, or 2. Install “No Trucks" signs at the entrance to the eastern service road under Road Rule

104. If Option 1 were pursued, the consequence of this could be that no vehicles of any sort would park in the eastern service road between those hours and this may have other unwanted consequences. It is however noted that the definition of a "private vehicle" is unclear and may have little legal effect. If Option 2 were pursued, it would require VicRoads’ written authorisation to erect the sign. Based on initial discussions with VicRoads regarding the need to offer rest area services to at least Melbourne bound drivers, this is unlikely to be obtained. In either case, the effectiveness of such an approach is subject to the ability to enforce the signs through either Police or Council officers. Council does not have adequate resources to achieve this and the occupational health and safety risks in doing so could be considerable. Equally it is considered unlikely that the Police could make this a high priority. Timely resolution of this matter is important as the developer of Marong Links Estate cannot obtain a certificate of compliance for the whole of the development until, in accordance with the planning permit, the works required on the eastern service road are complete. It is understood that the development is now approaching its final stage of release.

Conclusion

The Minister for Transport’s decision to support VicRoads’ position of one-way entry and exit (only) between the eastern service road and the Calder Alternative Highway at Marong means that little or no benefit exists in operating that service road as two-way. Concern for residential amenity is acknowledged and so too is the role that the existing toilet block plays for motorists of all types at all hours. Although options do exist for Council to legally prevent trucks from entering the eastern service road, the practical limitations of enforcing this and the associated unintended consequences do not readily support taking this action.

Attachments

1. Letter of response from the Minister for Transport 2. Roadwork Plan

RECOMMENDATION

That Council:

Page 159: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 159

1. Having considered the Minister for Transport’s decision regarding the access / egress between the eastern service road and Calder Alternative Highway near Malone Park at Marong, resolve to operate the eastern service road as one-way.

2. Endorse completion of the works required on the eastern service road in accordance

with the approved plans associated with the Marong Links Estate development. 3. Acknowledge the current role of the toilet facilities for all motorists at all hours and

the practical limitations and possible impacts of altering access to this without a suitable alternative in place.

4. Advocate to VicRoads for the provision of a new facility that accommodates

Melbourne bound traffic in a more suitable location and to better encourage use of the Ravenswood facility for northbound traffic.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Campbell, Seconded Cr Lyons. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 160: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 160

3.14 PARKING FOR HOSPITAL PROJECT

Document Information

Author Neville Zimmer, Manager Parking & Animal Control Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to update Council on the progress of the planning for public parking for the hospital project. The report also recommends that Council:

Adopts priorities and objectives to manage parking in the hospital precinct;

Introduces paid parking around the hospital block;

Approves the recruitment of a dedicated parking resource to enforce parking within the hospital precinct for the duration of the building project;

Supports the principle of providing some time restricted parking in residential areas to assist residents with availability of parking.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 - 2017 Objectives:

Work with the community to ensure Greater Bendigo continues to be a great place to live.

Background Information

The Bendigo Hospital project will provide many challenges for the City to manage, with parking being one of them. There will be an expectation from the residents within the hospital precinct that Council will manage parking in the area to minimise the disruption to residential amenity. Many residents in the area are already impacted by all day parkers and this will increase and expand into new areas with the tradesmen working on the hospital project competing with hospital staff for free parking. The Construction Management Plan (CMP) for the hospital requires that Lend Lease make some provision for parking for their workers. It is the Minister for Planning that approves the CMP (delegated to a senior staff member in the Department of Transport, Planning & Local Infrastructure - DTPLI), the City is only consulted. Our response to date (when this report was written) is that the CMP is inadequate in its parking provision and this view is supported by the Department.

Page 161: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 161

Lend Lease are still exploring options for locating some car parking. Two specific sites have been identified where the zoning allows parking and the access is appropriate. The legal fact is that anyone is allowed to park in a legal parking spot. In particular, the hotel will have only 23 of the required 98 car parks available when it opens - the remaining being available when the multi-deck car park opens in 2017. The consortium have been advised by both the City and DTPLI that an acceptable solution must be found. A valet parking service has been recommended as acceptable.

Report

Priorities and Objectives for Hospital Precinct Parking 1. Immediate vicinity, short term parking - In the immediate hospital area the objective is

to maintain turnover of vehicles to provide spaces for short term visits to the hospital and associated businesses and to deter unsafe and illegal parking. This assists:

Patients, including outpatients

Patient drop-off

Visitors

Buses

People with disabilities 2. Nearby residential streets. The objectives are to provide all day parking and deter

unsafe and illegal parking. This assists:

Residents

Residential visitors

Hospital staff

Students and staff at Catholic College and Bendigo Senior

Other people looking for all day parking It is noted that in addition to this consideration of immediate and short-term car parking management responses related directly to the construction of the New Bendigo Hospital, potential longer term solutions for parking arrangements within the Hospital Precinct are being explored and developed by the Hospital Precinct Structure Plan, which is due for completion by March 2014. Resident Parking Most cities rely on residential streets to cater for much of their long term parking demands. It is common for the streets around large traffic generators to be full with all day parkers most days of the business week. This is the situation with the Bendigo Hospital Precinct. This is efficient use of infrastructure. The inconvenience that some residents experience with having cars parked in the street all day, must be balanced with the convenience of living in these areas which have close proximity to desirable locations. The CBD Parking Strategy 2008 supported the principles of using residential streets to support long term parking.

Page 162: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 162

To assist residents who do not have access to their properties, Council has introduced a Resident Parking Scheme. The scheme provides a permit system for residents located in time restricted zones who have no off street parking to have an exemption from the time restriction. Residents of new developments approved after October 2008, where developers have not provided parking are not eligible for a permit. There are 12 residents in the hospital precinct who qualify for a resident permit (no off street parking access), 1 of these already has a permit. Solution To assist residents it is planned to closely monitor the unrestricted parking utilisation in the residential streets around the hospital precinct. When the utilisation reaches 90% in a street, consideration would be given to creating a time restricted zone over 10% or so of the street to assist with visitor and delivery parking. This would only be applied where residents request and support this treatment and a consensus with the majority of residents is reached. Residents who qualify for a permit could also utilise one of these spaces. Not all residents are opposed to having cars parked in their street all day as this reduces the traffic movements. From a safety perspective; traffic studies undertaken in other parts of Bendigo indicates that traffic is slower when vehicles are present in a street. RECOMMENDATION: It is proposed that Council adopts the principle of providing some time restricted parking in residential streets to assist residents with availability of parking. The criteria when assessing a request to include:

90% utilisation of spaces in the immediate area;

Majority of residents support the treatment;

No other option for short term parking within 200 metres (2 min walk). Resident Exclusive Parking Zones As part of this review, the provision of Resident Exclusive Parking Zones (REPZs) has been considered again. There are no REPZs operating within the City of Greater Bendigo and only a small number in Melbourne. This has previously been considered by the Bendigo CBD Parking Strategy. The review concluded that resident exclusive parking does provide a good solution for those immediately affected. However, there is a significant impact on the general public and often the business community and service sector due to a reduction in parking availability and therefore customer flow. It also results in a flow-on effect into neighbouring streets as those cars just park further away. It is difficult for Council to consider one street more important than the next.

Page 163: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 163

It is apparent from observations and analysis that the residential streets located on the periphery of the city centre and hospital precinct are providing for the all day and longer term parking needs of workers. This is to be expected in any area so close to the CBD and employment hub. An analysis of parking in the hospital precinct indicates that there are approximately 2,400 (Appendix A) unrestricted parking spaces in residential streets. There are a further 482 restricted spaces. The hospital block has a 89% utilisation and a combined utilisation of approximately 60% when you take into consideration the nearby streets. Creating Resident Exclusive Parking Zones would place additional pressure on existing parking throughout the City. The City, in general, has wide inner urban streets unlike the inner metropolitan municipalities. In addition the vast majority of properties have provision for off street parking. The introduction of resident exclusive parking in the Bendigo region will deliver no net benefit to the community, as it will just shift motorists from one street to the next and should not be introduced. The strategy to time restrict parts of residential areas as they become heavily utilised by vehicles, and provide an exemption permit for residents who have no off street parking alternative, is an effective way to assist residents and their visitors. RECOMMENDATION: Not introduce Resident Exclusive Parking. Parking Restrictions Parking time restrictions are essential to the effective functioning of the hospital precinct. To assist patients and their visitors with access to the hospital and associated medical services in the area, the streets located directly adjacent to the hospital are time restricted and have been for some time. (Appendix B) The time restrictions are generally 90 minutes and 3 hour parking. These restrictions have been implemented in consultation with Bendigo Health and are consistent with the City of Greater Bendigo Parking Restriction Policy. 90 minutes caters for visitors, appointments, blood tests, x-rays, etc. and the 3 hour restriction allows for longer appointments and treatments. A review of the restrictions in consultation with Bendigo Health has found that they are appropriate for the time being and no changes are recommended at this time.

Page 164: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 164

Towards the conclusion of stage 1 of the hospital project, or perhaps earlier if the demands change, time restrictions will need to be implemented in Drought Street and Hope Street to provide for the shift of hospital functions to the site on the south side of Arnold Street. This will be undertaken in consultation with Bendigo Health. Paid Parking With free, time restricted parking and without the use of costly in ground sensor technology, which has previously been trailed in Bendigo, the most common way to enforce parking time restrictions is for the officer to mark the tyre tread with chalk and return when the time limit expires. The periods before and after the tyre mark-up is not being monitored. It is not effective in detecting the number of illegal parked vehicles and it is not very efficient as it is slow. The pay and display parking system is the most effective way to enforce time restrictions as an officer can walk along and tell immediately by the time on the ticket how long a car has been parked in an area. Local evidence has shown that detection rates increase significantly when free time restricted parking is changed to paid time restricted parking. Local evidence has also shown the paid parking is very successful in shifting workers who try and beat the time restrictions by shifting from bay to bay. Often the fee is the disincentive. To maintain the availability of short term parking and assist with enforcement in the hospital precinct area, it is proposed to install ticket parking machines around the streets directly adjacent to the hospital as depicted in attachment C. This equipment could be shifted or discontinued should the parking utilisation in this area change when the hospital activities shift to the new site in 4 years' time. A cost analysis indicates that there would be a capital start-up cost of $130,000. The machines are solar powered and have low maintenance requirements. The total annual recurrent running costs would be a total of approximately $3,000 depending on the level of vandalism. Income from the machines based on the zone 2 rate of 60c per hour would be approximately $65,000 per annum. The hospital charges a flat $3 fee for their off street parking in Stewart Street and on campus. The machines are depreciated over 12 years and the payback period would be approximately 2 years. An alternative is to install the machines, but not charge. Requiring parkers to get a ticket would still make maintaining the turnover of cars more effective and efficient, but the capital cost of the machines and the increased cost of maintenance is not covered. RECOMMENDATION: Install paid ticketed parking in the area as depicted in Appendix C.

Page 165: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 165

Public Transport There is the potential to use other tools to manage car parking during and after the construction phase at the Bendigo Hospital; this is principally around using other modes of transport. One option is to promote the use of bus services. Immediate actions could include promoting which bus services can get people to the hospital from the CBD and the railway station and Public Transport Victoria has already been lobbied about this. A second option might include the provision of way finding signage so that people will know how long it is likely to take to get to the hospital if they choose to walk, or the broad availability of information on car parking and walking times. The issue of accessing the site via a variety of transport modes has been investigated broadly as part of the Hospital Precinct Structure Plan. However, public transport solutions linked to the Hospital Precinct have much wider network implications, such as connections to the City Centre, Railway Station and University, which are most appropriately coordinated by the Integrated Transport and Land Use Strategy. Doing More Enforcement Council has a service agreement with an annual charge of $1,700 with Bendigo Health to patrol their permits zones within the hospital grounds once per week. The income from any fines is retained by Council. We are meeting this commitment. Bendigo Health has requested that we increase our patrols to a minimum of 2 per day, but this has not been possible within existing resources. With a requirement to regulate over 6,000 paid and restricted parking spaces each day, the current parking enforcement schedule allows for the public parking around the hospital area to be patrolled only once per week and extra patrols to address a particular complaint. This is not enough to encourage adequate turnover of the restricted spaces and to prevent illegal and dangerous parking in the changed environment. The main concern that residents in the precinct have been raising is the increasing incidents of unsafe and illegal parking. The parking team have been doing their best to be responsive to these concerns from an enforcement perspective. The Traffic Engineering area are dealing with signage and line marking to deal with issues from a traffic management and unsafe parking perspective. It is expected with the increase in trade vehicles in the hospital precinct and associated demands for convenient free parking, the incidences of illegal and dangerous parking on naturestrips, too close to intersections and across driveways, etc, will continue to increase significantly as the hospital build progresses. Given Council's intent to be proactive in addressing these anticipated issues and meet the expectations of residents with managing the residential parking, while still meeting service standards with parking enforcement in the CBD, an additional parking officer will be needed for the duration of the hospital project. The cost of a Parking Officer including on-costs is approximately $60,000 per annum.

Page 166: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 166

It is anticipated that the income derived from fines would offset the expenditure. RECOMMENDATION: Council approves of the appointment of an additional Parking Officer to enforce the parking rules daily within the hospital precinct. Other There have been many other ideas suggested and researched to some extent, including: (a) Construction & hospital staff parking at outlying areas (eg showgrounds) and being

bussed to the site.

This would not be effective. Anyone; contractor, hospital staff, other workers or resident is allowed to legally park in a legal parking space. With spaces available in the precinct, there is no incentive or need for construction staff to park and shuttle.

(b) Provide a service for hospital staff to park in outlying sites and be bussed to work.

This is being actively pursued by a bus company as a private service.

(c) Increasing the number of car parks in the precinct.

The draft Hospital Precinct Plan has identified some streets that could possibly accommodate angle parking. Each instance needs to be fully assessed, costed, benefit determined (ie number of spaces created for cost of required works), and the residents consulted before any such change was budgeted and implemented. In some instances the works might be extensive, including shoulder sealing, relocating kerb and channel etc.

Consultation/Communication

Discussions have been had and will continue throughout the project with Bendigo Heath and Lend Lease on a regular basis. Discussions have been held with residents who have been experiencing individual issues. Some signage modifications to address dangerous parking and to create additional parking, as well as targeted enforcement has been implemented. Communication is continuing with various CoGB staff. Communication will be required so that residents and all of the users of parking know:

Why the changes are being made;

When changes impact on large numbers of people;

When any changes will be implemented. Sometimes the communication will need to be broad and extensive, at other times localised to the affected street.

Page 167: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 167

The planned main steps are:

Broadcast information on principles and changes adopted from this report;

More specific communications to householders if/when changes are made in local streets;

Specific communications to all staff on site at the hospital regarding changes;

Links to the hospital website;

Bulletin available in key locations.

Resource Implications

Capital costs for installing ticket machines - $130,000 Income - $65,000 per annum Recurrent costs for employing an additional Parking Officer - $60,000 Income - $60,000

Conclusion

The controls mentioned in the report are not going to be a complete solution and there will be ongoing concerns raised by residents with vehicles parking illegally. But they will go some way towards managing parking in the area and demonstrate that Council is doing what it can and being responsive to concerns. Council’s existing policy position is that on street parking is part of the role of a residential street. There is no compelling argument to change this. There are broader ramifications for the community of changing the policy to prohibit on street parking in a residential street. This just shifts the problem and eventual loss of ‘overflow’ parking in residential streets near major traffic generators with no practical alternatives in place. The parking of cars in residential streets is not a parking problem, it is a parking solution.

Appendices A Number of spaces in hospital precinct B Utilisation of parking in hospital precinct C Proposed paid parking area

Page 168: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 168

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to: 1. Adopt the stated priorities and objectives to manage parking in the hospital precinct; 2. Introduce paid parking around the hospital block as per Appendix C;

3. Approve the recruitment of a dedicated parking officer to enforce parking within the hospital precinct for the duration of the building project;

4. Introduce some time restricted parking in residential streets to assist residents with availability of parking, subject to: a. The street being 90% utilised; b. The majority of residents agreeing. c. No other option for short term parking within 200 metres (2 min walk);

5. Not introduce Resident Exclusive Parking;

6. Advise residents in the hospital precinct, hospital staff and the general community of the planned initiatives

MOTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to:

1. Adopt the stated priorities and objectives to manage parking in the hospital precinct;

2. Approve the recruitment of a dedicated parking officer to enforce parking within the hospital precinct for the duration of the building project;

3. Introduce some time restricted parking in residential streets to assist residents with availability of parking, subject to:

a. The street being 90% utilised; b. The majority of residents agreeing. c. No other option for short term parking within 200 metres (2 min walk);

4. Not introduce Resident Exclusive Parking;

5. Advise residents in the hospital precinct, hospital staff and the general community of the planned initiatives 6. And that the matter be reviewed and reported to Council by the end of February 2014

CARRIED

Page 169: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 169

Appendix A - Number of Spaces in Hospital Precinct

Page 170: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 170

Appendix B - Utilisation of Parking in Hospital Precinct

Appendix C - Proposed Paid Parking Area

Page 171: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 171

3.15 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE LONG GULLY AREA

Document Information

Author Brett Martini, Manager Engineering and Public Space Responsible Darren Fuzzard, Director Presentation and Assets Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide a recommendation from the extensive investigations and community consultations that have taken place in response to the joint letter originally presented to Council on 21 March 2012.

Policy Context

Council Plan Reference:

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013–2017:

Theme: 4 Sustainability

Strategic Objective: 4.1 Existing infrastructure and assets are well maintained and appropriately upgraded to sustain them for future generations.

Background Information

A joint letter has been received from residents and ratepayers of the Long Gully area regarding the current traffic management infrastructure in Long Gully, as outlined below: "We the undersigned residents and ratepayers of City of Greater Bendigo Council

formally request Council to undertake an assessment of the current traffic management infrastructure in place and safety of the following roads in Long Gully. Traffic travelling

along Jackson Street turning in and out of Philpot Street

along Philpot Street turning in and out of Cross Street

along Cross Street turning in and out of Cunneen Street We feel that the traffic management infrastructure is inappropriate and the area is

unsafe. These residential streets are used by through traffic including cars, trucks and tip traffic as a short cut and bypass of Eaglehawk Road junctions. It is also used for residential street parking, sporting event parking and residents entering and exiting their driveways.

Page 172: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 172

We believe that traffic management measures need to be put into place especially with increased development throughout the area.

We request a meeting with Council officers to discuss this issue along with suitably

located traffic counters that will provide use with accurate data on the current volume of traffic".

Signatures - 10 Previous Council Decision(s) Date(s): At the meeting on 21 March 2012, Council resolved "That a meeting be arranged with residents, Council Officers and the Ward Councillor within the next three weeks and a report be prepared within two meetings." At the meeting on 23 May 2012, Council resolved to "Install a temporary chicane in Philpot Street for a period of three months and consider a further report on the effect of the chicane to 'through traffic' volumes thereafter."

Report

A traffic count was arranged between 21 March and 29 March 2012. During this time the average daily number of vehicles using Cross Street was 680 per day. The predominant movement was from north to south (2:1) with 2.6% of vehicles being commercial vehicles. The 85 percentile speed was 38km/h. The morning peak of 45 vehicles per hour (vph) occurred at 11:00am and the afternoon peak of 71vph occurred at 4:00pm.

Page 173: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 173

A number of drivers use both Cross Street and Philpot Street to avoid the intersection of Jackson Street and Eaglehawk Road, especially the right turn out of Jackson Street. There have been no reported accidents in Cross Streets and Philpot Streets in the last five year reporting period. The last recorded accident was in 2004 when a motorcyclist lost control at the intersection of Cunneen Street and Cross Street. A meeting was held with residents on 30 April 2012 with Cr Cox and Council Officers attending. The main concern for residents was the number of drivers using Philpot Street and Cross Street as a short cut. The majority of these are coming from the Jackson Street direction so that they miss the queuing at the Eaglehawk Road intersection. The most effective solution is to signalise the intersection of Jackson Street and Eaglehawk Road. This would greatly improve traffic safety in the area and would remove the need for drivers to take a short cut to avoid the queuing of right turning traffic onto Eaglehawk Road. Signalising this intersection has been raised in the draft Eaglehawk Structure Plan to encourage heavy vehicles out of the Eaglehawk CBD. Unfortunately this work is unlikely to be funded by VicRoads in the foreseeable future. The interim solution offered to remove traffic from this section of road was to paint double lines in Jackson Street, across the intersection of Cross Street, thereby prohibiting right turns into and out of Cross Street. A number of residents were not in favour of this as it restricted their movements as well. A number of other potential solutions were then discussed. These included road humps, indented parking, rumble bars, making the road one way, chicanes and partial closures. Through the discussions, it was agreed that the only option that could result in a reduction in through traffic, while not greatly inconveniencing the residents, was a partial closure or chicane. A partial closure at the intersections was not supported as it could cause dangerous driver behaviour. The preferred option was agreed to be a mid-block chicane close to Jackson Street (but far enough so that there were unlikely to be rear end collisions). In further considering this matter, Council resolved to install a temporary chicane. This occurred in November 2012. A traffic count was conducted in February 2013 which recorded 670vpd; only 10 vehicles per day less than when there was no chicane. A community consultation meeting chaired by Cr Cox was held on 25 February 2013 to discuss the results of the temporary chicane trial. It was determined at this meeting that the chicane would be removed and further options would be explored. On 15 August 2013 a letter was sent to residents providing four options and requesting

feedback. These options included a full closure of Philpot Street at Jackson Street, a

ban on turning right into Philpot Street from Jackson Street and a one way section in

Cross Street.

Residents were informed that there are a number of advantages and disadvantages for each of these options.

Page 174: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 174

1. Full closure at Jackson Street - This would remove all through traffic as Cross,

Philpot and Dean Streets would effectively become a dead end. This would have the greatest impact on local traffic movement as access to and from these streets would be via Cross Street at Cunneen Street only. Due to the road reserve width there is insufficient space to provide a court bowl for vehicles to turn around. This treatment would also rely on signage at Cunneen Street to alert north bound drivers to the closure at Jackson Street. A trial of this option would require other works to reinforce the closure at Jackson Street so as to minimise the volume of through traffic which would enter Cross Street and then be forced to turn around.

2. Ban right turns from Jackson Street into Philpot Street - An extension of the centre

median in Jackson Street would prohibit right turns. The traffic count data indicates that this accounts for the majority of through traffic. This treatment would retain most of the local traffic movements apart from the right turn. This treatment would be simple to implement and would have a high level of compliance as the works prohibit the traffic movement before drivers enter the local streets.

3. One way section of Cross Street at Philpot Street. - This treatment is designed to

eliminate the south bound through traffic. This treatment is more challenging as it is in the middle of the local streets and its effectiveness would rely on signage at Jackson Street. There is also a much greater risk that drivers will not comply with the one way treatment, particularly during any trial. Vehicles needing to turn around in Philpot Street would have to use the gravel area at the end of the road or residents’ driveways. This treatment would enable residents in Philpot and Dean Streets to turn right from Jackson Street to access their properties.

4. Existing arrangements remain in place as none of the above treatments produce a

suitable traffic reduction benefit when compared to the restriction on local movement. Feedback on these options was then sought from property owners and residents in each

of the affected streets. A total of 48 letters were sent out to 33 properties including 16

owners/occupiers, 15 owners and 17 residents (3 of which were returned). A total of 17

responses were received - 6 in favour of option 1, 3 for option 2, 1 for option 3 and 7 for

option 4.

Consultation/Communication

Onsite meeting with residents held on 30 April 2012.

Notification of installation of temporary chicane on 23 November 2012.

Community meeting with Ward Councillors on 10 December 2012.

Onsite meeting with residents to discuss results from chicane trial on 25 February 2013.

Letter to residents proposing options and requesting feedback sent 15 August 2013.

Resource Implications

Nil (if recommendation is adopted)

Page 175: Minutes 23 october 2013

Planning for Growth - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 175

Conclusion

As demonstrated by this situation, fixing the problems of motorists using back streets to bypass problematic intersections is difficult. The most effective solution with the least negative impacts is to improve the main intersection itself. In this case, the Eaglehawk Road / Jackson Street Intersection is a VicRoads responsibility and signalisation is unlikely in the foreseeable future. A myriad of other possible treatments to reduce traffic in Philpot and Cross Streets have been explored with residents. The most recent survey of all potentially affected residents has found that there is no single option that is widely supported. Traffic accident history suggests that the current arrangements do not present an unsafe situation and therefore the consideration is fundamentally one of amenity. The options most (and almost equally) favoured in the recent resident's survey are: A) Close Philpot Street at Jackson Street; and B) Make no change. The first option reduces the amenity from a residential access perspective and the second means that the quiet enjoyment of the street continues to be compromised. Determining which of these amenity considerations is more important depends on individual values. However, given the lack of consensus amongst residents, it is concluded that retaining the existing arrangements is the most financially prudent option.

RECOMMENDATION

It is recommended that Council having considered the impacts of various possible options to alter through traffic in Philpot and Cross Streets, Long Gully: 1. Retain the existing traffic arrangements in Philpot Street and Cross Streets. 2. Notify the submitters of the joint letter of Council's decision.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Williams. That introduce a no right turn from Jackson Street into Philpot Street for a 3 month trial period and request feedback from residents before it is removed.

CARRIED

Page 176: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 176

4. LIVEABILITY

4.1 GREATER BENDIGO PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELLBEING PLAN

Document Information

Author Lindy Wilson, Social Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

This report recommends that Council consider the submissions to the Draft Plan and adopt the Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan 2013-2017.

Policy Context

The Local Government Act 1989 states the primary objective of Local Government is to endeavour to achieve the best outcome for the local community, having regard to the long term and cumulative effects of decisions. To this end, local councils need to have regard to the social, economic, and environmental viability and sustainability of the local area, and the overall quality of life and wellbeing of the people in the local community. The Public Health and Wellbeing Act 2008 (PH&W Act) requires Local Government to prepare a Municipal Public Health and Wellbeing Plan (MPH&WP) every four years. Each Council has a responsibility to protect, improve and promote public health and wellbeing within their municipality. The MPH&WP is a strategic plan that sits alongside and integrates with the Council Plan and the Greater Bendigo Municipal Strategic Statement, as well as other integrated health promotion plans of community health providers. Recent legislative changes have now aligned all these plans to a four year cycle following Council elections. Council Plan 2013-2017: Liveability

2.5 Our community's health and wellbeing improves over time;

2.5.1 - Implement the agreed priorities in the Health and Wellbeing Plan. Strategy Reference: www.bendigo.vic.gov.au/healthandwellbeing Regional Strategic Plan Reference: Loddon Mallee Regional Strategic Plan - Southern Region:

Page 177: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 177

Strengthen our communities, especially in our small towns by improving community safety, health and wellbeing.

Background Information

In September 2012 the Council endorsed a program of community engagement (including engagement for the Council Plan 2013-2017) for the new Municipal Public Health and Wellbeing Plan 2013-2017. In March 2013 the Council considered the progress in achieving the actions in the Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2009-2013, as the MPH&WP must now be reviewed and renewed as per legislative requirement. In September 2013 the Council resolved to endorse the draft Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2013-2017 and The Wellbeing Charter for the purpose of inviting community comment from the 12 September 2013 to 10 October 2013, prior to consideration of the final plan. Local Government has a vital role in the Australian health system, not in dealing with symptoms, but addressing the causes of poor health especially unhealthy lifestyles. City of Greater Bendigo is ideally placed to develop, lead and implement local policies to influence the determinants of health, which include actions in areas such as transport, roads, parks, waste, land use, housing and urban planning, recreation and cultural activities and creating safe public places. The MPH&WP sits alongside the local plans of community partners with an interest in local public health, including the Primary Care Partnerships and the Healthy Communities Prevention Community Model project. The MPH&WP sets the goals, strategies, and priorities to promote municipal public health and wellbeing; these, in turn, are intended to inform the operational processes of Council and other relevant local organisations. The PH&W Act strengthens this Municipal Public Health Planning role of local government by requiring a strong evidence base, community consultation, and evaluation. The MPH&WP aligns with the planning cycle of the City's Council Plan so population health becomes a shared goal across all parts of council. Local Government provides for a diverse range of health and wellbeing needs of the community through all its service areas; many of which are statutory responsibilities. These responsibilities can be classified into the following areas:

Health protection - regulation of tobacco, alcohol and gaming, immunisation, food/road/bushfire safety, pollution/waste and swimming pool safety.

Social health strategies - addressing the preventative health needs of population groups considered to be at risk; problem gambling; council representation on peak community groups; Primary Care Partnership collaboration; community transport strategy; regional housing policy and positive ageing. Working in partnership with local health organisations and established local health planning networks on development in these areas.

Page 178: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 178

Public health emergency management - prevention, mitigation, risk reduction, response and recovery, response to blue/green algae outbreaks, infectious disease outbreaks, influenza and other pandemic planning.

Health improvement/development - health promotion projects, physical activity promotion, healthy nutrition, alcohol, tobacco, and other drug programs; sun smart and falls prevention. Promoting healthy lifestyles, opportunities for social connection and community decision-making, participation in the arts and recreation.

Community building initiatives - creating the capacity of individuals and the community to promote health and wellbeing (become more cohesive and resilient). Social inclusion programs, volunteering, health agency support and supply of public health information.

How can Local Government encourage people to lead healthier lives? By creating environments and providing opportunities for them to do so. The modern way of life often makes it harder for people to make good choices, unhealthy behaviours are frequently enjoyable or easily adopted, habit forming at least in the short term. Similarly, fostering an environment that protects and promotes the wellbeing of communities is a complex yet critical priority. People in Greater Bendigo generally enjoy a good health status and longevity, which is predicted to continue. However, as life expectancy increases, so does aged related diseases and disability, lower death rates, and an increasing number of people requiring management and treatment of chronic illness and disability. Some risks such as smoking have decreased and some, such as the prevalence of obesity has increased. Many population health gains have not been shared evenly, some groups continue to experience a disproportionate burden of disease and injury. Effective prevention can reduce the significant economic burden of disease in addition to improving the length and quality of people’s lives. Improved health status supports greater workforce participation, improved productivity and lower healthcare costs, whereas ill-health and associated risk factors impose significance costs to the community and on the economy, both in the form of additional direct cost and lost potential. The City’s population is growing and ageing, we live sedentary lifestyles, enjoy eating out and community participation is dropping because of busy lifestyles. We are also living in a changing world that is more informed about health and rapid medical advancement for treatment options and cures. In a global world where communicable disease can spread rapidly, issues of food safety and security and potential impacts of changing weather patterns are increasing. This is making our children, older people, those with disabilities and medical conditions, and outdoor workers more at risk. The Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan (GBPH&WP) has been developed to address the legislative requirements of the Local Government Act, Public Health and Wellbeing Act and the Climate Change Act and to identify the City of Greater Bendigo’s role in public health and wellbeing.

Page 179: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 179

The Plan also acknowledges the Victorian Public Health and Wellbeing Plan 2011-2015, Healthy Together Bendigo and local plans of community partners with an interest in local public health and other related strategies across the City, that play a role in health and wellbeing. This Plan will not seek to duplicate the actions already adopted, instead focussing on areas that are supportive of health and wellbeing. The GBPH&WP has used the Council Plan framework in community engagement and the development of the actions. Actions are focused on improving, protecting, and prompting the health and wellbeing of the Greater Bendigo community by:

Supporting and encouraging healthy eating and increased active living;

Ensuring people feel connected to their community;

Developing and implementing policies that promote health and safety;

Enforcement of public health, building and planning legislation;

Promoting supportive, social, economic and cultural environments that enable the community to help themselves and their families and friends to maintain good mental health and wellbeing;

Ensuring environments for physical activity are safe, inclusive, and accessible;

Encouraging development of family friendly sporting clubs;

Health and wellbeing services and programs that support all people to live in our community;

A strong, creative and inclusive community where arts and culture enhances individual and community wellbeing and health;

Economic development, education and a skilled workforce that support community resilience;

Promoting the use of creativity and arts for health and wellbeing;

Building the capacity of our community to reduce the impact of climate change;

Enabling people to take part in decisions that affect them; and

Building a highly productive and healthy organisation.

Report

The Greater Bendigo Municipal Public Health and Wellbeing Plan was made available for public comment on 12 September 2013 until 10 October 2013. A Project Bulletin summarising the GBPH&WP was prepared and distributed to the register of interest. Copies of the Plan were also made available at City of Greater Bendigo's Lyttleton Terrace and Heathcote offices and on the website. As well as seeking written comments on the draft GBPH&WP a simple, online survey was developed to gauge community views on the Plan. A meeting of health organisations who prepare health promotion plans was held on the 18 September to discuss the Charter and the draft GBPH&WP. The group sees the Charter as a statement of intent, reinforcing that health and wellbeing is everyone’s business.

Page 180: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 180

The group is supportive of the Wellbeing Charter as a collaborative commitment to promote and work in partnership to improve wellbeing within the municipality. The Charter is not unlike the City of Greater Bendigo’s Customer Service Charter which clearly sets out, what the customer can expect from the organisation in so far as accessibility, standards of service and how to obtain information. The group would like the language in the Charter translated into more accessible language, as wellbeing of the community is not just the role of health providers, there numerous other organisations in the municipality that support the wellbeing of the community. It is recommended that City of Greater Bendigo sign the Charter and other organisations invited to endorse the Charter. The Charter in the final version of the GBPH&WP will be changed to reflect this. Being a signatory to the Charter may assist/support organisations to attract funding or forming collaborative arrangements and submissions to Government. Online Survey The survey was made available on 12 September and 23 people have completed the survey.

Of the 23 people who completed the online survey 22% were males and 78% were females. 87% had read the Greater Bendigo Municipal Public Health and Wellbeing Plan. 100% supported the CoGB and health service providers making a commitment to looking after the wellbeing of the community. In relation to the question ‘Do you agree or disagree that the Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan should focus on?’ the results are detailed in the following graph.

Page 181: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 181

Submissions: At the time of writing this report 3 formal submissions have been received, and several comments have been received through the survey on the website.

Name Submission Officer Recommendation

Marnie Jewell Health Promotion Coordinator Women's Health Loddon Mallee

1. Under the strategy, more people feel confident to walk and cycle, I’m wondering if this could make some reference to lighting and footpaths – footpaths in terms of reducing falls for older people and accessibility and lighting for improved sense of security, particularly for women. Is there some way that this can be linked to maintenance of recreational facilities? This may be covered in the section open space and recreation facilities are well designed? 2. Under the evaluation section, perhaps it could specifically state that COGB will consult

Implied that well designed facilities would include these considerations. The local community and health services will be involved in the Evaluation Plan as per the Public Health and Wellbeing Act which states : (2)(c) provide for the involvement of people in the local community in the development, implementation and evaluation of the public health and wellbeing plan. The Evaluation Plan will be prepared in the next two months in accordance with the Act. The Evaluation section will be

Page 182: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 182

Name Submission Officer Recommendation

with health services/community to develop evaluation indicators early in the process to measure effectiveness.

amended to reflect this.

Jon Anstey General Manager, Strategy and Sustainability, Coliban Water

Many thanks for the opportunity to comment. We note the opportunities for Public Health and Wellbeing Plan to be mutually supporting with the broad “liveability” agenda. This agenda recognises the critical roles water plays in public health and wellbeing. Water is critical to supporting natural habitats, green open spaces and sports and recreational facilities, as well as mitigating impacts like the urban heat island effect. These roles are all the more evident in light of the Millennium Drought’s impacts. The Office of Living Victoria is leading the “liveability” agenda in Victoria. In part, this agenda involves us better integrating water and urban planning. The Cooperative Research Centre for Water Sensitive Cities is also a key organisation. Water sensitive cities are liveable, resilient, productive and sustainable, particularly through water sensitive urban design. We look forward to working with Council on any opportunities the Plan may provide along such lines.

Comments Noted

Anonymous comments from the Survey

Seems very wordy but with no actual plans to address the issues raised.

Actions listed on pages 10 to 16 of the draft plan – Actions will also be reported annual to

Page 183: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 183

Name Submission Officer Recommendation

It's like motherhood and apple-pie, isn’t it. All good – good luck with implementation. Rapid and fundamental demographic change will place great strain on State and Federal Finances. Link to Sunshine coast policy seems out of place/ undermining good to see increase in HACC social skills training, mental health, aquatic/recreational inclusions; need emphasise bike paths/facilitation of integration. Please don't try and re-invent the wheel when there are already services and organisations that provide most of what is in the plan. You, the Council need to be more involved in these organisations and provide representation at meetings, working groups etc. Not put up barriers where organisations are trying to do most of the above, such as your support teams at the Council who insist on making it difficult to organise any type of community wellbeing event or promotion. I don't feel the plan has enough focus on the safety perspective both feeling safe anywhere in the community - parks, the Mall, driving on the roads, walking in our streets. There is also limited focus on the impact of family violence, and the poor outcomes it has on the health and wellbeing and mental health of women and children,

Council and the Community. Noted Noted Wellbeing Charter has been updated. Other comments noted. A strong focus of the plan is more collaboration and partnerships. As survey was anonymous unable to clarify what is meant by this comment. The Safe Community Forum is in the process of developing a Community Safety Plan and the City of Greater Bendigo already has a Violence Prevention Plan.

Page 184: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 184

Name Submission Officer Recommendation

and how the community needs to band together to prevent violence and promote the sense of feeling safe in our community. Objectives and actions under Sustainability are reactive (responding to effects of climate change) rather than making active efforts to address issues or empower people in making choices and changes that create a sustainable future. It is hard not to agree with the above, which is very ambitious. I worry about the council being able to achieve all of this and in trying to do so some important aspects get put aside. I encourage the evaluation plan to be in place by the launch of the Public Health and Wellbeing Plan as it is essential to track what is being achieved and feed this back to the community. I am very interested in the development of the One Tree Hill area as a safe exercise precinct. It is an underdeveloped space which has the capacity to provide immeasurable health benefits to people of all ages. It is currently used by many people but is not safe and needs considerable upgrades to make the most of its potential. I believe it would be the envy of other regional cities. Its proximity to the Uni and its central location would encourage people to use it and would have a positive impact on the physical and mental health of people in this region. I also believe it would fit very nicely with the pro-active approach to

Noted, the finding of the ‘Creating a climate resilient southern Loddon Mallee’ will provide the evidence and information for further action. This is a four year plan, with many actions already underway and actions will be reported and reviewed annually and some subject to budget. The Evaluation Plan comments as above. Noted and referred to Health and Active Communities.

Page 185: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 185

Name Submission Officer Recommendation

community health expressed by Mr John Mulder the CEO of the Bendigo Health Care Group.

Bendigo Loddon Primary Care Partnership (PCP) Submission The PCP purpose is to strengthen collaboration and integration across sectors, with Board representation from City of Greater Bendigo, Bendigo Community Health Services, Bendigo Health, Heathcote Health, Women’s Health Loddon Mallee and Bendigo & District Aboriginal Cooperative. The PCP has provided a detail submission on behalf of its partner organisations and agencies and below is a summary of the submission. Wellbeing Charter – the Bendigo Loddon PCP congratulates the City on the initiative of creating and designing the Wellbeing Charter. Through this leadership the Council can call on partner health and community organisations to support collaborative effort in the enhancement of wellbeing throughout the Greater Bendigo community. The Bendigo Loddon PCP strongly supports the concept and intent of a Wellbeing Charter. Theme 1 - Planning for Growth 1. Supports wellbeing charter and promotion of physical activities. 2. Congratulated on range of infrastructure projects, implementation should ensure

healthy planning and design principles. 3. Recommends that population data and community attitudes gained through

community engagement contribute and underpin the evidence base for decision making.

4. Recommends that Council continues to incorporate design principles such as ‘Creating Places for People’ protocols in urban design.

5. Supports the intention to advocate and promote regional planning. Theme 2 – Liveability 1. Community connectedness remains a priority through mental health promotion,

support for physical activity, volunteer support, community building and community arts programs. Perhaps the acknowledgement and support for art supporting health particularly mental health.

2. Small towns and communities remain a significant focus for development of services and facilities.

3. The strategies and a partnership approach is developed as part of the Implementation of the GBPH&WP.

4. The PCP supports the identified actions and an ongoing partnership approach in community engagement and implementation of the GBPH&WP.

5. Early Years Planning and Youth Strategy the PCP supports the actions and advocates for a partnership approach to implementation.

6. The PCP strongly supports the Council in its work to celebrate diversity, create and promote opportunities for participation in arts and cultural activities.

Theme 3 – Productivity 1. The PCP supports actions and advocates for consideration of access for people of

all abilities.

Page 186: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 186

2. The PCP strongly supports the Healthy Together Bendigo initiative and other activities that support healthy eating and physical activity. PCP commends council for highlighting the obesity issue in the GBPH&WP in response to compelling evidence that Bendigo residents are at risk of developing chronic disease.

3. The PCP strongly supports the Council in its work to celebrate diversity, create and promote opportunities for participating in arts and cultural activities.

4. Education and economic security opportunities continue as a priority, this can be achieved through public access to information and life-long learning, volunteer support programs and community building to support those most disadvantaged.

Theme 4 – Sustainability 1. PCP supports the actions to manage resources for today with consideration for

future generations and supporting community in climate change. A partnership approach with health and community services in identifying and resourcing the most vulnerable to prepare for extreme weather and emergency events is recommended. Emergency response policies and procedure could be developed collaboratively with partner organisations to support coordination and effective response.

Theme 5 – Good Governance and Decision Making 1. The PCP strongly support and congratulates Council in the demonstrated

commitment to community engagement, alignment of strategic planning and priorities across community organisations enhance outcomes for the community. The partnership work allows for greater understanding of opportunities to develop collaborative community interventions.

2. The PCP strongly supports and congratulates Council in demonstrating commitment to its promotion of a healthy workplace. Health and community services organisations may be useful partners and resources in supporting Council staff in their endeavours.

Response: The City of Greater Bendigo thanks the Bendigo Loddon PCP for bringing together the comments from their partners and generally supports the comments and recommendations made and the final version of the GBPH&WP will be amended to reflect these changes. Priority/Importance: Local Governments are mandated under the PH&W Act to prepare a MPH&W Plan aligned to the Council's corporate planning cycle. Timelines: The Greater Bendigo MPH&W Plan is due for completion by 31 October 2013. Risk Analysis: Legislation requires the Council to have a MPH&W Plan and to monitor and review its implementation annually.

Page 187: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 187

Consultation/Communication

Internal Consultation: The 'whole of organisation' has been involved in the development of the draft GBPH&WP. Managers have also been responsible for the development of actions to implement the GBPH&WP. Managers and the Health Planning Alignment Group will be involved in the annual review of the plan. External Consultation: The plan was developed in consultation with the community, and the Health Alignment Group. The draft has been made available to the community via hard copy at City of Greater Bendigo's Lyttleton Terrace and Heathcote offices, website and email. Project Bulletins and media releases have been distributed advising its availability. There has been 325 views of the plan on the website.

Resource Implications

The GBPH&WP has been developed in-house by the Strategy Unit. Budget Allocation in the Current Financial Year:

A budget allocation of $8,500 has been including in the 2013/14 to finalise the Plan. Previous Council Support

A budget allocation of $25,000 had been included in the 2012/13 budget and only $12,000 was spent due to staff undertaking workshop facilitation, graphic design work and printing of fact sheet undertaken in house. Projected costs for future financial years:

A detailed action plan will be developed and some actions will require responsible managers to seek an appropriate budget for implementation. Any ongoing recurrent expenditure required:

Actions will be identified for the four year period and some actions will require Managers to seek appropriate budgets.

Conclusion

The Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan is a key strategic plan of the City of Greater Bendigo and mandated by State Government. The GBPH&WP must be strategically aligned and integrated with the Council Plan and the Municipal Strategic Statement and the plans of other community partners with an interest in local public health. To further enhance alignment, detailed planning and comprehensive engagement with stakeholder organisations and community members for both the Council Plan and the GBPH&WP occurred simultaneously. This process ensured greater strategic alignment, consolidated engagement and ensures that GBPH&WP meets the statutory requirements.

Page 188: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 188

The community has now commented on the draft Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan and the final version of the GBPH&WP has now been changed to reflect these comments and the final plan is now presented to Council for adoption.

Attachments

1. The Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan 2013-2017

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to: 1. Receive the submissions to the Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Plan;

accept the recommended changes to the draft plan; and adopt the final Greater Bendigo Public Health and Wellbeing Strategy 2013-2017.

2. Sign the Greater Bendigo Wellbeing Charter; and invite health and community

organisations to endorse the Greater Bendigo Wellbeing Charter. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Williams, Seconded Cr Fyffe. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 189: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 189

4.2 AUSTRALIAN BUREAU OF STATISTICS SEIFA DATA 2011

Document Information

Author David Williamson, Social Planner Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

To advise Council that the Australian Bureau of Statistics (ABS) has released the 2011 Socio-Economic Index for Areas (SEIFA) including the Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage.

Policy Context

Council’s vision is for our residents to live healthy and satisfying lives in our vibrant city and region, confident in its growth and future. The Council Plan outlines how Council’s vision for the future will be achieved through the delivery of strategies, projects and services. A range of information and data including SEIFA data and in particular, the Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage are used to assist develop, implement and review Council strategies, projects and services; and as a basis for lobbying for funding programs from State and Federal governments. Federal and State government agencies often use SEIFA rates and the Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage to help target services and funding for initiatives such as infrastructure and community capacity building projects in areas with high levels of socio-economic disadvantage. Council Plan Reference Planning For Growth 1.3.: Our quality of life is maintained as our City’s population and economy grows. 1.3.2.: Collect, understand and communicate a range of current population information

to inform the development of strategies that improve the quality of life of residents, including completing the 2nd Community Wellbeing Survey.

Page 190: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 190

Background Information

The ABS produces the SEIFA to rank areas in Australia according to their relative socio-economic advantage and disadvantage. The SEIFA is derived from Census data that defines levels of relative socio-economic advantage and disadvantage in terms of people’s access to material and social resources as well as their ability to participate in society. Accordingly, the SEIFA weighs Census data about income, educational attainment, occupation, rent and mortgage repayments, unemployment and family structure to provide a comparative index score which indicates the average socio-economic characteristics of people, families and households living in particular geographic areas including local government areas, suburbs and census collector districts. Overall, SEIFA is a suite of four summary indexes, these being:

1. Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage, 2. Index of Relative Socio-economic Advantage and Disadvantage, 3. Index of Economic Resources; and 4. Index of Education and Occupation. Each index explores different aspects of socio-economic conditions by geographic area, however, it is the Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage that is most commonly used to compare social and economic disadvantage between Census Collection Districts. A higher score on the Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage means there is less disadvantage in an area whilst a lower score means there is more disadvantage.

Report

SEIFA indices are used by local governments to help assess the economic and social conditions of the community and the level of comparative socio-economic disadvantage between areas. SEIFA indices can also be used to ensure services are accessible and maintained on an equitable basis throughout the municipality and help guide community engagement activities about local issues. The City of Greater Bendigo uses the Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage to identify and compare which areas are more disadvantaged and which areas are less disadvantaged. Along with other Census data the Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage is an important part of an evidence base that informs Council about key population trends and the targeting of services across the municipality. The SEIFA is also used to guide the development of Council services and policy regarding, for example: Health and Wellbeing, Housing, Unemployment, Electronic Gaming Machines and Disability Access.

Page 191: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 191

Index of Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage In 2011 the City of Greater Bendigo’s Index for Relative Socio-economic Disadvantage was 983 which was 31st overall for levels of socio-economic disadvantage out of Victoria’s 79 local government areas. This is an increase in advantage since 2006 when the score was 958 and the City was ranked 33rd in Victoria. The Index rates for similar municipalities also indicate slight increases in their overall levels of advantage between 2006 and 2011 for example: Greater Shepparton scored 945 in 2006 and 952 in 2011, Ballarat scored 965 in 2006 and 981 in 2011 and Greater Geelong scored 976 in 2006 and 993 in 2011. Levels of Disadvantage The City of Greater Bendigo’s most disadvantaged suburbs are: a) Long Gully - with an index of 826, Long Gully is ranked 21 out of 1,516 suburbs in

Victoria for its level of disadvantage placing it among the most disadvantaged 2% of suburbs in the state.

b) California Gully - with an index of 869 California Gully is ranked 47 out of 1,516 suburbs in Victoria for its level of disadvantage placing it among the most disadvantaged 4% of suburbs in the state.

Other suburbs such as Heathcote with an index of 911, Eaglehawk at 914 and North Bendigo at 932 fall well below the Greater Bendigo average index of 983 and are placed in the top 10% of disadvantaged suburbs in the State. Figure 1: Comparative Table of Areas SEIFA Rankings under the Index of Relative

Socio-economic Disadvantage in 2011 and 2006.

Area 2011 Index

Ranking 2006 Index

Ranking

Long Gully - West Bendigo - Ironbark 863 1 867 1

North Bendigo - California Gully 899 2 895 2

Eaglehawk - Eaglehawk North - Sailors Gully

922 3 931 4

Heathcote and District 929 4 925 3

Kangaroo Flat - Big Hill 944 5 944 5

Golden Square 964 6 965 6

Bendigo 973 7 968 8

Elmore - Rural North 979 8 984 9

White Hills - Jackass Flat 980 9 967 7

East Bendigo 989 10 993 10

Kennington 993 11 1,006 13

Flora Hill - Quarry Hill - Spring Gully - Golden Gully

1,000 12 1,003 11

Huntly 1,014 13 1,006 12

Strathdale 1,025 14 1,037 16

Marong - Rural West 1,038 15 1,031 14

Rural East 1,066 16 1,070 17

Maiden Gully 1,085 17 1,073 18

Page 192: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 192

Strathfieldsaye 1,090 18 1,100 19

Epsom - Ascot 1,101 19 1,035 15

The attachment provides a colour coded map indicating rates of Socio-Economic Disadvantage by Census Collector Districts from the 2011 Census. Use of SEIFA in Council Strategies and Service Planning SEIFA is used to assist Council understand the nature of local communities and priority economic and social conditions. SEIFA rates are used as part of demographic overviews for the development of strategies and programs which respond to the objectives and action found in the Council Plan 2013 – 2017. For example: a) The Issues and Options Paper for the Residential Strategy Review which

discussed the need to create more affordable housing for disadvantaged groups in the community including the elderly, people with disabilities, students and low income groups.

b) The Maiden Gully Precinct Structure Plan used SEIFA in its demographic profile

of the community. c) The Draft Municipal Public Health and Wellbeing Plan analysed comparative

SEIFA scores as part of its Productivity Fact Sheet. d) The Communities for Children ‘Off To An Early Start Program’, The Parent

Research Project – ‘Small Talk’ and in funding submissions for Early Learning Centres including Marong Pre-school, Strathfieldsaye Early Learning Centre and Kennington Pre-school extension.

e) To assist profile community needs as part of the Early Childhood Services Review

and the Aged and Disability Review. f) With the Bendigo Safe Community Forum when developing the Draft Community

Safety Strategy. Priority/Importance: It is important for local governments to use SEIFA data in policy responses to State and Federal Governments, funding submissions, service planning and ensuring equity in the distribution of resources and services.

Consultation/Communication

Internal consultation has been undertaken with the following City units:

Community Partnerships

Community Services

Strategy Unit

Page 193: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 193

Resource Implications

The acquisition of 2011 SEIFA data was covered in the 2012/2013 budget.

Conclusion

SEIFA data and in particular, the Index of Relative Socio-Economic Disadvantage is used by Council to assist develop, implement and review strategies, projects and services. SEIFA data and analysis is generally required as part of policy responses to State and Federal Governments, funding applications and the targeting of services for areas where there is high socio-economic disadvantage.

Attachments

1. Colour coded map indicating 2011 rates of Socio-Economic Disadvantage by Census Collector Districts.

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council note the new SEIFA figures and the use of SEIFA in funding submissions, planning processes and targeting services especially in areas with high levels of socio-economic disadvantage. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Williams, Seconded Cr Cox. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 194: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 194

4.3 COMMUNITY GRANTS PROGRAM ROUND 1 2013 - 2014

Document Information

Author Narelle Lyle, Community Grants Officer Deb Simpson, Coordinator Connecting Communities

Responsible Pauline Gordon, Director Community Wellbeing Director

Summary/Purpose

For Council to consider the funding allocations that have been recommended by the Community Assessment Panels for Round 1 of the 2013/14 Community Grants Program.

Policy Context

Council Plan Reference: This report is consistent with the following Council Plan 2013 – 2017 strategic objectives: 2.1 People feel connected to their community. 2.2 Our communities have active and vibrant places in which to meet. 2.5 Our community’s health and wellbeing improves over time. 2.6 Services and programs support all people to live in our community. 2.7 Greater Bendigo is known for its vibrant and diverse arts and culture scene. 4.3 Continue to build the capacity of our community to reduce the impact of changing weather on communities and individuals. Council Policy Reference (include weblink as applicable): Community Grants Policy (adopted 14 April 2010).

Background Information

The practice of offering the Community Grants Program (CGP) in two funding rounds was introduced in 2012/13 to provide the community with greater scope to access CGP funding throughout the financial year. Feedback from community groups indicates this practice has been well received. This report relates to Round 1 of the 2013/14 Program (Program). Program funding was offered under seven categories:

Arts and Culture

Community Development

Community Events

Community Newsletter

Environmental Sustainability Healthy Communities

Recreation

Page 195: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 195

This is the first time the Healthy Communities category has been offered. The category funding criteria are strongly aligned with the strategic objectives of CoGB’s Active and Healthy Communities Unit. The ability to sustain this category beyond 2013/14 will be subject to available budget. In accordance with the Community Grants Policy (Policy), volunteer Community Assessment Panels (CAPs) were convened to consider applications received under each of the seven categories. Each CAP was tasked with the development of funding allocation recommendations for Council consideration. Under the Policy provisions, if Council wishes to vary any of the CAPs’ funding allocation recommendations, a Councillor must consult with the respective CAP to outline the reason/s for the proposed variation/s prior to Council formally resolving upon the funding allocations.

Consistent with the Policy, a portion of the budgetary provision for each category has generally been withheld as a ‘reserve’. This reserve offers organisational capacity to provide Quick Response Grants for community needs that may arise outside of the established Program funding round timelines. Previous Council Decision(s) Date(s): 14 April 2010: Council adopted the Policy which includes guidelines for the Program’s assessment processes.

6 July 2011: Council established the Community Newsletter Funding Program. This Funding Program has since been incorporated as a funding category within the broader CGP.

17 April 2013: Council resolved to discontinue the Small Township Funding Scheme and redirect the funds to the CGP Report to encourage small towns to access all grant areas.

In Round 1, 119 applications were received across the Program's seven categories. This is a significant increase on the 83 applications received for Round 2 of the 2012/13 Program, even with the additional 17 applications received under the new Healthy Communities category being taken into consideration. This increase further indicates that offering the Program in two funding rounds has been well received within the community. Applications opened on 5 August 2013 and closed on 30 August 2013. Program Application Forms were made available electronically from City of Greater Bendigo’s (CoGB) website and in hard copy from the Bendigo and Heathcote Service Centres. A small number were also direct mailed (via email or post) following staff contact with community members. The option to lodge applications online was not available in Round 1 due to the newly developed grants management software still being in an internal testing phase. The option to lodge applications online will be available for Round 2. The following table provides a category by category summary of the:

total amount of Round 1 funding available;

total number of applications received;

total amount of funding requested;

total number of applications recommended by the CAPs for funding; and,

total of the CAPs’ funding allocation recommendations.

Page 196: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 196

Quick Response Grants

Eight Quick Response Grants (totalling $10,465) have been allocated in this financial year due to community needs arising outside of the established Program funding round timelines. The respective applications were assessed by the Community Grants Officer and Manager Community Partnerships as being consistent with the Quick Response Grants criteria.

Quick Response Grants

RSL Kangaroo Flat ANZAC Day - traffic management

Community Events Quick Response Grant

$700

Breast Cancer Network

Australia

Tour De-Crawf - Bendigo stopover

Community Events Quick Response Grant $1,301

Make a Change Australia ‘Outside the Square’ - community forums

Community Development Quick Response Grant

$2,000

Central Victorian Branch

Community Events Quick Response

$465

Total Round 1 funding available ($)

Total applications received

Total funding requested

Total applications recommended by CAPs for funding

Total of CAP recommended funding allocations

Arts and Culture

$34,000 14 $59,480 9 $34,000

Community Development

$53,000

28

$100,598 18 $53,000

Community Events

$29,750

14

$44,730 12 $29,750

Community Newsletters

$13,000

3

$12,000 2 $5,000

Environmental Sustainability

$17,000 4 $11,120 3 $5,620

Healthy Communities

$8,500

17

$57,069 6 $8,500

Recreation $42,500

39

$139,089 16 $42,500

Total

$197,750

119

$424,086 66

$178,370

Page 197: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 197

of the Australian Stock

Horse Society

Annual show - hire of accessible toilet

Grant

Bendigo Chinese

Association

Harvest Moon Festival -costumes

Community Events Quick Response Grant $2,000

Junortoun Community

Action Group

Junortoun Community Plan Implementation Group – community events

Community Events Quick Response Grant

$2,000

Bendigo Competitions

Society

2013 Association of Eisteddfod Societies of Australia Conference - Bendigo

Arts and Culture Quick Response Grant

$999

Rotary Club of

Eaglehawk

Rotary Club of Eaglehawk – trivia challenge

Community Events Quick Response Grant $1,000

Total $10,465

The tables below outline the CAPs’ funding allocation recommendations for each category. The Program Guidelines stipulate that the maximum level of funding that can be sought under any category is $5,000, with the total amount of funding that any one organisation can seek being $5,000. There are a range of reasons as to why some applications were not recommended for a level of funding by the CAPs. These include:

Incomplete applications.

Applications being assessed as not meeting the Program Guidelines.

The limited amount of available funding being oversubscribed.

Program funding being applied for as an ongoing resource.

In many instances the CAPs did not recommend the maximum level of funding where this was requested with generalised CAP comments being “the application did not have sufficient merit to justify recommending the maximum level of funding". The CAPs felt that information provided by the respective staff regarding any application queries assisted them in making more informed decisions.

Page 198: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 198

Arts and Culture

Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount Recommended by CAP

Bendigo Youth Choir

Purchase of a piano and PA

$4,610 $3,000

Bendigo Baptist Community Care

Nexus Bendigo Youth Theatre: ‘Music Man’ theatre production $3,500 $3,500

DjaDjaWurrung Clans Aboriginal Corporation

Celebrating DjaDjaWurrung heritage: ‘Sharing the Stories of Our Living Culture’ coffee table book production $5,000 $5,000

Choice Voices Choir

Choice Voices Choir: community choir performances $5,000 $5,000

Bendigo Theatre Company

Wired for Sound: purchase of two portable audio units $1,000 $1,000

Rock in the Vines

Community rock festival $5,000 $5,000

Star Cinema

Go Digital or Go Dark: conversion to digital cinema technology $5,000 $5,000

Huntly and District Historical Society

Bendigo to Murray River Railway 1864 - 2014 book production $2,000 $1,500

Hipopportunities for Youth

Hip Hop Drop: free hip hop workshops $5,000 $5,000

TOTAL $36,110 $34,000

Community Development

Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount Recommended by CAP

Eppalock Primary School

Axe Creek community playgroup resources $2,360 $2,360

Heavens Comfort Ministries

Purchase of an embroidery machine to accommodate expanding distribution of comfort blankets $4,950 $4,500

Bendigo Community Toy Library

Improving storage, safety and accessibility of the Bendigo Community Toy Library $5,000 $5,000

Future Employment ‘TradeStart’ – purchase of $4,623 $4,623

Page 199: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 199

Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount Recommended by CAP

Opportunities equipment and tools required for further training of disengaged and disadvantaged young people

U3A Assistance with hall hire to enable various positive ageing programs to be implemented $2,500 $1,000

Family Drug Support - Bendigo

‘Stepping Stones to Success’: workshops for families supporting an alcohol and/or drug user $3,980 $3,980

St John’s Bendigo

Purchase of defibrillators to improve quality of first aid service provision $4,104 $1,365

MS Australia

Forums for people with progressive neurological diseases $2,194 $2,194

Holy Trinity Community Garden

Stage 2 of community garden development $3,919 $1,000

Guide Dogs Victoria

Free independent living skills workshops for people with a vision impairment $5,000 $5,000

Woodvale Hall Committee

Kitchen upgrade to achieve compliance with Environmental Health requirements $3,590 $2,000

Woodvale Fire Brigade

Purchase and installation of a defibrillator and member training $2,800 $1,400

Huntly Memorial Hall Committee

Restoration of wood carvings of Armed Services personnel $5,000 $3,000

Heathcote Pre-School

Installation of shade sail cover for sandpit area $4,800 $4,800

Golden Square Urban Fire Brigade - CFA

Improvements to storage facilities for essential equipment

$5,000

$5,000

Bendigo Family and Financial Services

‘Social stitches’: craft sessions focused on developing new social connections $5,000 $2,000

Cornerstone Community

‘Let there be Vision, Let there be Sound’: purchase of audio visual system for community forums $5,000 $3,000

Neale Street North Additional shelving for storage $778 $778

Page 200: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 200

Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount Recommended by CAP

Pre-School

TOTAL

$70,598 $53,000

Community Events Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount

Recommended by CAP

The Great Stupa of Universal Compassion

‘Vegecareian Festival’: an opportunity to learn about and celebrate vegetarian lifestyles as well as learn about animal wellbeing $5,000 $3,500

Weeroona Social Club

Euchre card tournament $1,000 $500

Bendigo Chinese Association

Chinese New Year: purchase of a reusable helium dragon for future festivals, a regional first $5,000 $5,000

Bendigo Budgerigar Club

60th anniversary celebrations

$1,260 $1,260

Carers Victoria

‘Bendigo Mingle 2014’: free social activities for unpaid family to promote their health and wellbeing and reduce social isolation $5,000 $3,000

Country Awareness Network Victoria

2013 Aids Awareness Week local free workshops $3,000 $2,000

Great Extended Hustlers Mine Disaster Centenary Committee

Great Extended Hustlers Mine Disaster: centenary displays and tours $4,900 $4,900

El Rocio Spanish Festival Committee

El Rocio Spanish Festival: a three day event to be held in Heathcote celebrating cultural diversity

$3,000

$1,000

Maiden Gully Progress Association

Community Christmas carols event $1,770 $1,770

Mia Mia Fire Brigade

Mia Mia sheep dog trial and muster $4,000 $2,020

Karen Buddhist Dhamma Dhutta Foundation

Kathana Festival: a festival to promote cross-cultural interaction and harmony $2,800 $2,800

Page 201: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 201

Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount Recommended by CAP

Karen Buddhist Dhamma Dhutta Foundation

Karen Wrist Tying Ceremony: an opportunity to promote understanding of Karen beliefs and traditions $2,000 $2,000

TOTAL $38,730 29,750

Community Newsletters Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount

Recommended by CAP

Huntly and District Historical Society

Huntly Epsom Newsletter

$5,000 $3,000

Maiden Gully Progress Association

Maiden Gully Progress Association Community Newsletter $2,000 $2,000

TOTAL $7,000 $5,000

Environmental Sustainability Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount

Recommended by CAP

Whroo Goldfields Conservation Management Network

‘Hollows for Habitat’: nesting boxes for native wildlife

$1,300 $1,300

Big Hill Primary School

Climate enhancing and moderating protective covers for school vegetable garden $1,500 $1,000

Dr Harry Little Pre-school

Vegetable garden development

$3,320 $3,320

TOTAL $6,120 $5,620

Healthy Communities Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount

Recommended by CAP

Golden Square Kindergarten

Development of a ‘Dreamtime’ inspired bush tucker garden $5,000 $2,026

Bendigo Foodshare Free ‘KickStart’ breakfast club $4,500 $1,000

Page 202: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 202

Bendigo TAFE

Gravel Hill community garden shop $4,500 $500

St Joseph’s Primary School

Development of food garden learning environment

$5,000 $1,300

Bendigo Violet Street Primary School

Propagation garden project

$3,234 $1,159

Eppalock Primary School

Kitchen garden project

$2,915 $2,515

TOTAL $25,149 $8,500

Recreation Organisation Project Details Amount Sought Amount

Recommended by CAP

Axe Creek Cricket Club

Development of a new cricket pitch

$4,180 $4,180

Skateboarding Australia

Skateboarding workshops

$4,125 $2,000

United Cricket Club

Painting of the Ewing Park Pavilion interior $5,000 $2,000

Bendigo East Bowling Club

Green-side seating

$3,000 $3,000

Axedale Golf Club

New pathway $4,000 $2,000

Mandurang South Recreation Reserve

New gutter guard installation on existing buildings $3,780 $2,325

St Monica's Junior Football Club

Governance and safety improvement initiatives

$3,569 $1,420

Sandhurst Hockey Club

Club webpage development

$3,800 $1,585

Field and Game Australia - Bendigo Branch

Purchase of clay target trap

$4,900 $2,450

Bendigo Pistol Club

Boundary fencing construction $5,000 $2,000

Page 203: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 203

Bendigo United Cricket Club

Bubble tap installation and wicket maintenance at Kennington Recreation Reserve $5,000 $4,862

Sailability Victoria

Volunteer safety training

$4,121 $3,241

Bendigo Cricket Club - Junior Cricket

2014 junior cricket coaching program

$3,000 $3,000

Dragon City Derby Dolls

6 week community ‘come and try’ program

$5,000 $4,311

Bendigo District Cricket Association

Purchase of line marking machine

$4,655 $3,349

Bendigo Rugby Union Football Club

Purchase of laptop for Club use

$729 $729

TOTAL $63,859 $42,452

The number of applications being received for the Community Newsletters category has been trending downwards over recent funding rounds however staff have been fielding an increasing number of inquiries about funding support for the development of online communication mediums (e.g. social media or website based platforms). For the purposes of the Program a Community Newsletter is currently broadly defined as a publication containing information from multiple sources that is likely to be of interest to a diverse range of community members and organisations. This definition is intended to distinguish between Community Newsletters and Club Newsletters, where the information is predominantly of interest to Club members only. Whilst the category funding criteria does not exclude applications that focus on information sharing through online communication mediums, it is recommended that this option be more strongly emphasised. Staff will incorporate this change into the Program Guidelines prior to Round 2 of the 2013/14 Program opening. Advice will be sought from the Media and Communications Unit as to whether a ‘rebranding’ of the category may also be appropriate. Commencement Date: In accordance with the Program Guidelines, projects that funding allocations are approved for under Round 1 should commence on or after 1 November 2013 and generally be completed with one calendar year. Project Evaluation Forms / Acquittals need to be provided to the Community Grants Officer within 60 days of the completion of the project. Failure to do so could render funding recipients ineligible to seek further CoGB funding. Both successful and unsuccessful applicants will be advised as to the outcome of their application following Council’s resolution.

Page 204: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 204

Successful applicants will be required to enter into a Funding and Service Agreement (FASA) with the City of Greater Bendigo (CoGB). The FASAs outline the scope of the funded project as well as CoGB’s and the grantee’s various responsibilities in relation to it. Funds are only released to grantees upon receipt of the signed FASA and invoice. The FASA’s will include a clause stipulating that grantees must return the signed FASA and forward an invoice within 6 weeks. This clause has been inserted due to difficulties previously experienced with the disbursement of funds by the end of the Financial Year. The FASA will outline that if grantees do not adhere to this clause, the offer of funding will become void and CoGB will retain the funds. Risk Analysis: The manner in which all applications received for Round 1 of the Program were assessed is consistent with the Policy.

All CAP members are required to sign a Declaration of Interest Form identifying any applications received they or their family members and close friends have any interest in. It is standard procedure that CAP members leave the room when such applications are being assessed. It should be noted that the Community Grants Officer has a declared interest in the Bendigo Rugby Union Football Club application and was not involved in any discussions relating to the assessment of that Club’s application.

The CAPs’ collective funding allocation recommendations are consistent with the sub-budgets outlined within ‘Resource Implications’.

CoGB is currently undertaking an internal review (review) of all grants and other forms of financial assistance it currently provides to the community through a range of mechanisms. CoGB has initiated this review in the spirit of continuous improvement, transparency and equity. A cross-organisational Project Control Group is overseeing the implementation of this review. The review brief provides for the review to be undertaken in two stages. The focus of Stage 1 was an audit of current activity, whilst the focus of Stage 2 is the development of recommendations that will ultimately be for Council consideration. Stage 1 has been completed and the findings have been presented to EMT. Stage 2 is in progress and Council will be receiving a further report about some recommendations arising from this stage in the near future.

Consultation/Communication

Internal Consultation: Internal consultation regarding the Program Guidelines included staff from CoGB’s Active and Healthy, Building and Property, Community Partnerships, Media and Communications, Recreation and Sustainable Environment Units.

Page 205: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 205

External Consultation: Grant Writing Seminars Five Grant Writing Workshops (Workshops) have been facilitated to date as part of the Program. In previous years the Workshops were presented by a consultant from Our Community for a fee. This year the Workshops were facilitated entirely by Community Partnerships Unit staff and this has achieved budgetary savings. The primary objective of the Workshops was to build community grant seeking, writing and acquittal capacity, with the CGP being included as one of many available grant opportunities. There were varying levels of attendance across the five Workshops, with 56 community members participating in total. These participants represented a broad spectrum of community interests. Evaluation data indicates that all five Workshops were positively received by community members. In accordance with the Policy, volunteer CAPs have been convened to consider applications received under each of the seven categories.

Resource Implications

Budget Allocation in the Current Financial Year: The total Program budget is $465,000. This was broken down into the following sub-budgets at the commencement of the financial year: Round 1 - $197,750 Round 2 - $197,750 Quick Response Grants reserve - $69,500 (of which there was $59,035 remaining at the time of preparing this report). Of the 119 applications received for Round 1, the CAPs have recommended that a total of 66 (or just under 56%) be allocated a level of funding. The total amount of Round 1 funding that the CAPs have collectively recommended be allocated is $178,370.

Conclusion

119 applications were received for Round 1 of the 2013/14 Community Grants Program. The total amount of funding sought across all applications was $424,086. This far outweighed the available budgetary provision of $197,750. In accordance with the Community Grants Policy, Community Assessment Panels have been convened to consider applications received under the seven respective categories. The Community Assessment Panels have developed funding allocation recommendations totalling $178,370 for the consideration of Council, with just under 56% of applications recommended to receive a level of funding. The Community Assessment Panels’ collective funding allocation recommendations fall within the available budgetary provision of $197,750.

Once Council has resolved upon funding allocations, all applicants will be notified in writing as to the outcome of their application.

Page 206: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 206

Attachments

Nil.

RECOMMENDATION

That Council:

1. allocate 2013/14 Community Grants Program - Round 1 funds totalling $178,370 in accordance with the Community Assessment Panels' recommendations detailed within the body of this report, and

2. thank the members of the Community Assessment Panels for volunteering

their time and energy in assessing applications.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Fyffe, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 207: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 207

4.4 AMENDMENT TO MAIDEN GULLY LAND SALE

Document Information

Author Vicky Matthews, Conveyancing Services Officer Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

This report amends the purchaser details and clarifies the parcels of land being sold for the proposed Catholic school in Maiden Gully, previously reported to Council on 11th September 2013.

Policy Context

Council Plan Reference: Developing the Community

Strategy 1.1 Undertake long term planning with the community.

Strategy 1.5 Plan for the sustainable development of new and existing communities Strategy Reference: Open Space Strategy 2005

Report

The report presented to Council on 11 September 2013 approved the sale of land to the Roman Catholic Trust Corporation. However, the City has just been informed that the legal entity purchasing the land is actually the Trustees of the Marist Brothers. The partnership arrangement for the joint use and development of recreation facilities is also to be between the City and the Trustees of The Marist Brothers. Reserve 1 on Plan of Subdivision No. PS709874J at the rear of 99 Golf Links Road, which was included in the original purchase by the City, is to be included in the sale to the Trustees of The Marist Brothers.

Page 208: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 208

The Trustees of the Marist Brothers are also purchasing the adjoining land from the RCTC to develop the proposed Catholic School.

Conclusion

This report does not change the intent of the previous report, rather it changes the legal entity purchasing the land from the City. A new report is necessary to comply with the requirements of the Local Government Act. This has no impact on the timetable for the school to be constructed.

Page 209: Minutes 23 october 2013

Liveability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 209

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolve to: 1. Include the land Reserve 1 on Plan of Subdivision No. PS709874J as part of the sale.

2. Authorise the sale of Reserve 1 on Plan of Subdivision No. PS709874J and Reserve

1 on Plan of Subdivision No. PS709875G for the sum of $618,448.34 to the Trustees of The Marist Brothers.

3. Authorise public notice of its intention to sell the above land in accordance with

section 189 of the Act; 4. Nominate Councillors Chapman, Fyffe and Lyons to constitute a panel of the Council

to hear any submissions in accordance with section 223 of the Act in relation to the sale of the above land;

5. Authorise the Chief Executive Officer to sign all relevant sale documents; and 6. That the following condition be included in the sale to ensure community access:

The City and the Trustees of The Marist Brothers enter into a peppercorn lease and Joint use and Development Agreement, or other legal document to that effect that guarantees long term community access to the recreation facilities for no shorter than a period of 50 years.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Campbell, Seconded Cr Fyffe. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 210: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 210

5. PRODUCTIVITY

5.1 ANNUAL SNAPSHOT OF OPERATIONS - BENDIGO ART GALLERY 2012/13

Document Information

Author Karen Quinlan – Bendigo Art Gallery Director Stan Liacos – Director, City Futures Responsible Stan Liacos, Director City Futures Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide Council and the community with a brief summary of recent operations and achievements by the team at Bendigo Art Gallery and an outline of key management and policy pursuits guiding the operation and future development of this important Council-owned and operated facility. It is important to note that 2012/13 was a particularly unusual year for Bendigo Art Gallery, largely owing to the major refurbishment and expansion works that are currently underway which unsurprisingly led to substantially less patrons when compares to the record breaking year prior. The Gallery expects to return to “normal” operations from early next year.

Policy Context

1.2 Significant projects that will transform the City over time are completed as planned 1.2.1 Complete the Art Gallery extension project and launch the new exhibition

spaces 2.7. Greater Bendigo is known for its vibrant and diverse arts and culture scene 2.7.1 Continue to develop the reputation of the Bendigo Art Gallery as a national

leader in contemporary art and exhibitions

Background Information

Bendigo Art Gallery is owned and operated by the City of Greater Bendigo. Its foundations were established in 1887 and its art collection is one of national significance.

Page 211: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 211

Historically, the Gallery was operated by a separate company with its own Board of Management until 1995 when an agreement was established for the City of Greater Bendigo (Council) to take over operations, albeit in a collaborative split responsibilities arrangement with the company. The primary role of the Art Gallery’s Board of Management is to oversee the acquisition of artwork and to prudently manage its bequests and investments for the benefit of the Gallery and Bendigo generally. In addition, the Bendigo Art Gallery Foundation was established in 2008 for the purpose of the Board fund-raising to assist with the purchase of art and selectively contribute to various aspects of the Gallery’s operation and development in line with the objectives of the Foundation. Economic Impact Studies commissioned for Bendigo Art Gallery in recent years have concluded that the net economic contribution of the Gallery to our regional economy typically (and conservatively) is between $15 million - $20 million each year. Key Achievements in 2012/13 Key achievements or milestones achieved in 2012/2013:

Bendigo Art Gallery delivered ten exhibitions across its two venues (Bendigo Art Gallery and Post Office Gallery) which were popular and drew consistent visitation

Attendances were substantially lower in 2012/13 (75,000) but this was not unexpected. This was largely due to the major reconstruction and expansion project currently underway and specifically the temporary closure of the loading bay, the store and two exhibition spaces. In a commercial sense the café closed two days out of the normal seven due to disruptive works and reduced access at the rear of the building.

Annual Attendances

Page 212: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 212

The Education and Public Programs delivered by the Gallery were a highlight for the financial year. Bookings and functions hire of the Gallery was also in increased demand due to a reinvigorated approach to customer service.

Bendigo Art Gallery and the Post Office Gallery offered a diverse range of artistic programs throughout the 2012/13 financial year:

Celebrating 150 years: Rail in Bendigo and the Bendigo Brass Band Post Office Gallery Celebrating 150 years: Rail in Bendigo and the Bendigo Brass Band 6 July – 28 October 2012 The Paul Guest Prize 2012 14 July – 26 August Ian Hill: The Riverina series 21 July – 2 September 2012 Philanthropy: The art of giving 8 September – 18 November 2012 Childhood: growing up in Bendigo Post Office Gallery 9 November 2012 – 24 February 2013 Japanese Visions: Works from the collection 1 December 2012 – 27 January 2013 Her Majesty’s Territories: stereographic views of Australian sceneries 9 February – 1 April 2013 Mapping great change: the landscape of central Victoria Post Office Gallery 22 March - 16 June 2013 Shadowlife An Asialink/ Bendigo Art Gallery exhibition 13 April - 28 July Contemporary Australian Silver and Metalwork Award Post Office Gallery 29 June - 28 July 2013

Bendigo Art Gallery continued to develop and maintain the exhibition Shadow life which completed its Asian tour and hosted by Bendigo Art Gallery as the final venue for this successful touring exhibition and partnership with Asialink. In relation to outbound tours from Bendigo Art Gallery, a component of the exhibition Contemporary Australian Silver and Metalwork Award was toured to the Arts Centre in Melbourne.

Page 213: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 213

In terms of the growth of the Bendigo Art Gallery collection in 2012/13, artworks valued at $614,860 were acquired by the Gallery Board Company through purchases from its major bequests and gifts particularly from donors under the Federal Governments Cultural Gifts Program. This represents a significant contribution to the Greater Bendigo community. At the point of acquisition, these artworks are transferred by the Board to the ownership of the City of Greater Bendigo;

The Gallery has increased and now maintains a membership of 1,703 persons;

Approximately 88 volunteers assisted the Gallery and Post Office Gallery throughout the year, most on an on-going regular basis; and

Media and publicity was constant and regular listings and references to exhibitions were evident in The Age, The Herald Sun, The Australian, on television and radio and various tourism publications. Certainly the absence of international programming contributed to a lower than average year in terms of exhibition profiling this financial year.

Resource Implications

The Bendigo Art Gallery is open seven days a week, 364 days per year! The 2012/13 budget net cost forecast was $1,659,419. The end of financial year net cost actual result was $1,640,987. Expenditure – 2012/13 Staffing and Administration (exc non-cash depreciation)

$1,792,334

Conservation/framing $2,736 Shop sales/purchases $81,500 Education programs $82,010 Hire/functions Exhibition costs

$3,019 $213,568

Other $2,524

$2,177,691 Income – 2012/13 Administration $183,147 Shop sales $127,590 Education program $61,325 Hire/functions $19,591 Exhibitions related $145,050

$536,704

Net Cost – 2012/2013 $1,640,987

Page 214: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 214

The net cost of operating the gallery over the last six financial years is summarised below:

It is important to note that reasonable fluctuations in net cost can and do occur each year depending on the scale, nature, timing and success (or otherwise) of exhibitions, associated costs, grant and sponsorship successes, ticket revenues and tourism fluctuations. There are six full-time staff, nine part-time staff, four casuals employed at Bendigo Art Gallery. Additional part time or casual staff are employed during major exhibitions on short term tenure. There are approximately 88 volunteers helping operate the Gallery. Their contribution is incredibly valuable and sincerely appreciated. Current or emerging challenges

The Cafe is continuing to operate as best it can albeit without its entire floor space and a drop in clientele during the current major building expansion project;

The entire collection is still being housed (temporarily) in Melbourne and therefore only works in the permanent display are currently at the Gallery.

Management and Policy Directions Some of the key management principles and policy pursuits underpinning the current operations and planning for Bendigo Art Gallery include:

A commitment to deliver the forthcoming physical expansion of Bendigo Art Gallery, redesign and bring back the collection into a new storage facility on site and re-hang and refresh the permanent collection display in late 2013;

$0

$200,000

$400,000

$600,000

$800,000

$1,000,000

$1,200,000

$1,400,000

$1,600,000

$1,800,000

budget actual budget actual budget actual budget actual budget actual budget actual

2007/08 2007/08 2008/09 2008/09 2009/10 2009/10 2010/11 2010/11 2011/12 2011/12 2012/13 2012/13

2007/08 budget

2007/08 actual

2008/09 budget

2008/09 actual

2009/10 budget

2009/10 actual

2010/11 budget

2010/11 actual

2011/12 budget

2011/12 actual

2012/13 budget

2012/13 actual

Page 215: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 215

Continue to offer a diverse and varied program that showcases exhibitions of national and international significance;

Maintain the profile of the Gallery nationally and internationally by creating an iconic destination and visitor experience;

Continue to build upon the permanent collection with a particular focus on contemporary visual art; and

There are several major exhibitions currently in the planning pipeline and these will be progressively announced over the next year. The Victorian Government continues to demonstrate a strong commitment to support and collaborate with many of these exhibitions.

In early 2014, the new (refurbished and expanded) Bendigo Art Gallery will open. We are confident that the building will be fabulous and the envy of all regional cities across Australia. The challenge will then be to operate and promote the gallery commensurate with the quality of the new buildings and the gallery’s track record. The staff, management and Board of the gallery and their City Futures Directorate colleagues are primed for that challenge and extremely confident that they will take the gallery, as an attraction and facility, and Bendigo, to very impressive heights of which we will all be proud. There is an exciting roll-out of major exhibitions over the next few years.

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council acknowledge the performance of Bendigo Art Gallery in 2012/2013 and its significant on-going social, promotional, cultural and economic contribution to our region. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Fyffe That the recommendations for Items 5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 216: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 216

5.2 ANNUAL SNAPSHOT OF OPERATIONS - BENDIGO AND HEATHCOTE VISITOR INFORMATION CENTRES 2012/2013

Document Information

Author Kathryn Mackenzie - Tourism Manager Responsible Stan Liacos, Director City Futures Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide Council and the community with a summary of recent operations and achievements at Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Information Centres and an outline of key management policy pursuits currently guiding the operation and on-going development of these important Council-owned and operated facilities.

Policy Context

Council Plan 3.4 Tourism and major events are a significant contributor to our economy

3.4.1 Continue to grow the Bendigo region as a major visitor

destination, through the Regional Tourism Board and Bendigo Tourism

3.4.5 Attract, retain and nurture major events that deliver economic,

promotional and social benefit for Greater Bendigo

Report

Key Achievements - Bendigo Visitor Centre in 2012/13 Key Achievements - Bendigo Visitor Centre in 2012/13 Key achievements or milestones achieved at the Bendigo Visitor Centre in 2012/13 include:

Won the 2012 Victorian Tourism Award for Outstanding Contribution by Volunteers category recognising the continued, quality, professional service that volunteers at the Bendigo Visitor Centre provide to our local community and visitors;

Introduction of MYKI public transport ticketing to Bendigo Visitor Centre to support locals and visitors using local public transport by selling MYKI passes and topping up cards with MYKI credit;

Page 217: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 217

Increased efficiency by managing Volunteers learning opportunities, skills, qualifications and required licences/accreditations through a TechnologyOne solution. Previously this had been managed through a number of excel spread sheets with limited reporting ability;

234,969 unique visitors and users of our web-site bendigotourism.com (only about a 3% decrease on the previous year which admittedly had included the White Wedding Dress and Grace Kelly: Style Icon major exhibitions);

99,023 visitors were personally serviced by the Visitor Centre in 2012/13 (approx. 109,000 visitors in 2011/12 - a 10% decrease on the previous year), however given the absence of major art gallery exhibitions in 2012/13 a very stable comparison from the 2008/09 period onwards given the tougher economic climate faced in the 2012/13 financial year;

$1.53 million in gross sales (with targets met in the 2012/13 financial year) from telephone or on-line bookings, with $1.37 million directly injected into the local tourism accommodation, attraction and tours sectors;

Page 218: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 218

$326,000 gross sales generated (3% increase on previous year) from special event and attraction ticketing and retail merchandise – our highest annual gross sales result ever;

Living Arts Space attracted over 23,680 locals and visitors to the four exhibitions held showcasing local and regional artists and craftspeople;

Bendigo Visitor Centre received almost 24,000 telephone calls, whilst almost 13,000 outbound calls were made – 37,000 calls in total (compared to 49,000 calls in 2011/12 which included the major gallery exhibitions). The overall service level performance (time taken to answer calls against targets) was over 83% (up 4% on last year) which is considered a very good service level;

80-plus volunteers from the community were directly engaged contributing over 15,000 hours of incredible caring service for the year;

Volunteer Ambassadors continued to meet specific train services into Bendigo, attended over 15 major events delivering visitor information and regularly serviced

Page 219: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 219

over 80 local retail, attraction and tour tourism members across central Bendigo with key brochures and updates; and

Our Volunteer programs were reviewed and continued to be benchmarked highly against national standards.

Key Achievements - Heathcote Visitor Centre in 2012/13

Launch of the Heathcote “App” promoting “things to do”, accommodation and events on in the Heathcote area;

Initiated and developed the Heathcote Tourism and Development prospectus outlining benefits offered to local tourism operators to join their local tourism association;

Worked with our tourism marketing team to secure a feature article with The Age - Six Reasons to Visit Heathcote. This featured on Saturday 25 August 2012 and provided wonderful editorial promotion for the Heathcote region;

Supported marketing local events such as Sanguine Estate Music Festival, Heathcote on Show, Heathcote Wine and Food Festival, Heathcote Film Festival, and the Spanish Festival;

Temporary visitor booth at the showcase food and wine event - Heathcote Wine and Food Festival promoting Heathcote to encourage return visitation;

Regular volunteer monthly meetings and familiarisation trips to local attractions, wineries, and accommodation operators.

Special training presentation from CFA Community Education Officer for Loddon Mallee region in preparedness for the bushfire season;

Developed closer links with Bendigo Visitor Centre Accommodation Booking Service with enquiries directed to Heathcote region at times when Bendigo accommodation was at capacity – e.g. major events. The overflow of Groovin the Moo accommodation was booked in Heathcote (mostly two nights) and three bus services were organised utilising Heathcote operators into Bendigo for event goers to attend the concert;

13,892 visitors were personally serviced by the Heathcote Visitor Centre in 2012/13;

47% increase in gross retail and ticketing sales – gross sales in 2012/13 was a record year;

Page 220: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 220

Resources – Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Centres Council contributed $776,264 (net cost) to the operation of the Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Centres – with the Centres generating income of $435,040 through accommodation bookings, ticketing sales and retail sales. Council’s contribution enables our operations to operate seven days a week 364 days a year; running numerous visitor and community service programs; resourcing 100+ volunteers; and the encouragement of many tens of thousands of visitors to increase their purchase of accommodation, attraction and tour bookings.

Page 221: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 221

To support the operation of the Bendigo Visitor Centre and its programs, seven full-time equivalent (FTE) staff are employed to administer the Bendigo Visitor Centre and cover a seven days a week roster, which is further supported by volunteers. Heathcote has one FTE staff member and up to 20 volunteers. Volunteers play a vital role in operating both Centres. Income 2012/13 ($) Accom. bookings/Special Event Ticketing/Commissions

139,731 Merchandise sales (includes Heathcote) 295,309 Sub Total $435,040

Expenditure 2012/13 ($) Visitor Services wages/salaries (Bendigo and Heathcote - includes all on-costs)

628,060

Bendigo and Heathcote operational expenses 447,688 Total internal charges (includes building depreciation) 128,815 Sub Total $1,204,563 Net Operational Cost $769,523 Note: Bendigo Net Cost: $659,000 (apx) Heathcote Net Cost: $110,000 (apx) Staffing – Both Centres (Bendigo and Heathcote) Full-time (includes 1 FTE Heathcote) 5 Part-time 5 Casual 4 Full Time Equivalent (FTE) 8 The 2012/13 net operational cost result of $769,523 reflects the extensive visitor servicing programs which engage over 100 volunteers across both the Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Centres that assist in delivering positive and memorable experiences for visitors and locals. In 2011/12, the net cost of operating the two Centres was $736,233. The net cost of operating the Centre therefore increased by approximately 4.5% for the year, most of which was due to an increase in internal corporate charges. The Visitor Centre staff and volunteers have worked well in maximising revenue streams and the number of customers/visitors served in recent years.

Page 222: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 222

Current or emerging challenges – Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Centres Current or emerging challenges for the Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Centres include:

Encouraging more local tourism operators to bundle their accommodation with a range of experiences and work co-operatively with the Marketing and Visitor Services teams to build economic yield;

Encouraging operators to better understand the commission structures and integrate these into their tariffs to ensure consistency of pricing across all platforms including the Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Services online environment;

National Volunteering sector trends suggesting on-going regular volunteer commitments are reducing in favour of more once off volunteering (e.g. events and campaigns) – this trend is beginning to impact adversely on our operations, efficiency and service delivery;

Working with technology to improve our service delivery and engage new (younger audiences) through the various visitor experiences offered via the Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Centres;

Preparing for the international visitation growth of Indian and Chinese visitors over the coming 10 years in a visitor servicing context;

Preparing and educating our local tourism industry accommodation sector around opportunities with the hospital development and the potential impact on Bendigo’s overall accommodation capacity;

Responding to ever-increasing visitor expectations; and

Demonstrating the value and importance of the Centres to their respective local community and local tourism industry and what it delivers to our regional economy.

Management and Policy Directions – Bendigo Visitor Centre Some key management principles and policy pursuits underpinning our current operations and planning include:

Maximising commercial opportunities whilst still maintaining a traditional approach to personalised customer service;

Increasing local community patronage of the Centre through the Post Office Gallery and Living Arts Space (note: our high extent of VFR - Visitors of Family and Friends market – approx 45% of total visitors to Bendigo);

Embracing technology to deliver value added visitor experiences through the Bendigo Visitor Centre

Customer focussed delivery – our Visitor Centre programs and operations are responding to increased visitor needs and expectations;

Page 223: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 223

Consistent need to recruit, retain and train a base of passionate volunteers to respond to a range of visitor servicing requirements;

Maximising opportunities with major events including Bendigo Art Gallery’s major exhibitions to build greater economic leverage yield to the City.

Maintaining a closer working relationship with our tourism industry members to better assist the development of the tourism industry across the region; and

Actively supporting the regional Visitor Information Centres as part of the newly formed Bendigo Regional Tourism Board.

Management and Policy Directions – Heathcote Visitor Centre

Heathcote and Bendigo Visitor Centres working more co-operatively on a range of initiatives such as website, regional promotions, volunteer policies and merchandising;

Customer focussed delivery – our Visitor Centre programs and operations are responding to increased community and visitor needs and expectations;

Embracing technology to deliver value added visitor experiences through the Heathcote Visitor Centre;

Maintaining and profiling the solar initiative at the Heathcote Visitor Centre;

Ability to attract, retain and train a base of passionate volunteers; and

Supporting the Heathcote Tourism and Development Board in the delivery of membership benefits through the Heathcote Visitor Centre

Continuing to build on retail opportunities to better showcase and sell locally made arts, crafts and produce and introducing an exclusive retail range at the Heathcote Visitor Centre for locals and visitors to enjoy.

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council note the performance, services and outcomes of the Bendigo and Heathcote Visitor Information Centres in the 2012/13 financial year and their on-going significant contribution to our regional community and economy.

(refer page 215 - recommendation adopted)

Page 224: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 224

5.3 GOLDFIELDS LIBRARY CORPORATION ANNUAL REPORT 2012/13

Document Information

Author Carolyn Macvean, Chief Executive Officer Goldfields Library Corporation

Travis Harling, Finance Manager Responsible Marg Allan, Director Organisation Support Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide Council and the community with a summary of 2012/13 achievements by the Goldfields Library Corporation.

Policy Context

Council Plan 2013 - 2017

5.2 The financial and physical resources of the organisation are managed efficiently and well.

Background Information

The North Central Goldfields Regional Library Corporation (Goldfields Library Corporation) was established in January 1996. It provides library and information services to the City of Greater Bendigo, Loddon Shire Council, Macedon Ranges Shire Council and Mount Alexander Shire Council. The Goldfields Library Corporation comprises of ten libraries (four in Greater Bendigo) and one mobile library. The service reaches a population of over 175,000, has a collection of over 300,000 items, lends over 1.6 million items per annum and employs 49 full time equivalent staff. Responsibility for the provision and management of the Library Service rests with the Board of the Corporation, which meets bi-monthly and comprises two representatives from each of the four member Councils. At present the City of Greater Bendigo is represented on the Board of the Corporation by Cr Fyffe (Chairperson) and the Director Organisation Support, Marg Allan.

Page 225: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 225

Report

Key Achievements in 2012/13 Key achievements or milestones achieved in 2012/13 include:

Bendigo Library Redevelopment has significantly progressed. Included in the redevelopment will be the introduction of new technologies to enhance services and service delivery. The facility, with its flexible spaces, will also have the capacity to deliver additional and improved programs. The two genealogical groups will have dedicated spaces, as will the Bendigo Volunteer Resource Centre. A café will also be in the library facility. The redeveloped Bendigo Library is due to reopen early in 2014.

Total number of visits 2012/13 reached 784,824, a decrease of 21.4% (998,140 - 2011/12), largely due to the closure of the Bendigo Library and the relocation to the temporary site which included a 3 week closure period. Bendigo Library visits were down by 52.05% on the previous year.

Total number of loans reached 1,532,919, a decrease of 10.4% (1,710,945 -2011/12), again largely due to the closure of the Bendigo Library and the relocation to the temporary site which included a 3 week closure period. Bendigo Library loans were down by 30.67% on the previous year.

Rolling stock continues to be a huge success at Castlemaine, as does the Commuter Collection at the Woodend train station. Book Clubs continue to increase with now over 100 book clubs registered throughout the region.

Over 27,000 new items were added to the GLC collection. E-resources continue to make a significant impact for information retrieval, particularly in the area of Local History and genealogy, where almost 120,000 searches were undertaken by two popular genealogy databases.

The extended opening hours and additional programs at Eaglehawk resulted in increased library visitation.

Due to the increase of programs, loans and visits to the Eaglehawk and Castlemaine libraries, the extended hours ‘trial’ is now permanent.

The GLC website was redeveloped to make it more user friendly to accommodate the ongoing number and improvements to information databases and online services.

The demand on Housebound Services continues to grow with around 250 residents registered throughout the region.

Reported a Comprehensive Financial Result of a deficit of $54,938, which is a better outcome than originally budgeted (budgeted outcome for 2012/13 was $735,300 of which $500,000 was contributed to the Bendigo Library Redevelopment.

Financial summary – The Operating result shows an operating deficit for the past two financial years. While this would normally be concerning, this was in fact expected by the Corporation and budgets were set accordingly. The Operating result has been heavily impacted by the accounting treatment of the Corporation’s contribution to the Bendigo Library redevelopment being undertaken by the City of Greater Bendigo, and the Defined Benefits Superannuation liability.

Page 226: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 226

The Corporation has been accumulating positive financial results over previous years to enable it to handle the impact of the two operating deficit years. The operating deficit results are now behind the Corporation and operating surpluses have been forecast for future years. The Corporation remains in a positive financial position and the continual work undertaken by its Finance Committee and Board in relation to long term financial planning holds the Corporation in a strong position to continue trading into the future. Resources - Goldfields Library Corporation 2012/13 2011/12 $ $ Expenditure Employee Benefits (e.g. wages) 3,011,038 3,929,584 Plant & Equipment 295,760 262,254 Depreciation 1,030,409 1,012,137 Administration & Maintenance 805,019 337,702 Other Expenses 220,497 254,173 Total Expenses 5,362,723 5,795,850 Income Member Contributions 3,697,986 3,512,672 Grants 1,204,769 1,135,831 User Fees, Charges and Fines 248,937 281,461 Interest 141,233 198,574 Other Income 11,837 17,563 Total Income 5,304,762 5,146,101 Operating Result Surplus / (Deficit) (54,938) (649,749)

Staff Full-time 21 21 Part-time 61 62 FTE 47 49

Page 227: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 227

Resources - City of Greater Bendigo Expenditure Library Contribution 2,228,435 2,105,902 Share of Library Net Deficit 44,057 417,745 Utilities 24,738 89,932 Depreciation 104,094 106,089 Cleaning 44,334 46,102 Maintenance 15,016 43,996 Security 2,304 3,494 Other Expenses 1,809 1,714 Sub Total 2,464,787 2,814,974 Income Other Income 686 28,594 Sub Total 686 28,594 Net Cost to CoGB 2,464,101 2,786,380 Net Cash Contribution by CoGB 2,315,950 2,262,546 Items Borrowed within City of Greater Bendigo

0

20,000

40,000

60,000

80,000

100,000

120,000

140,000

160,000

Bendigo & RHQ Heathcote Kangaroo Flat Mobile/Eaglehawk

Branches

Items borrowed from Library branches within CoGB

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

Page 228: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 228

Number of Members within City of Greater Bendigo

Note: 31,332 members across the Corporation were archived in July 2011 as their membership cards hadn't been used for three years.

Number of visits within the City of Greater Bendigo

Number of loans within the City of Greater Bendigo

0

5,000

10,000

15,000

20,000

25,000

30,000

35,000

40,000

45,000

50,000

Bendigo & RHQ Heathcote Kangaroo Flat Mobile/Eaglehawk

Branches

No of Members per Library branch within the CoGB

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

0

100,000

200,000

300,000

400,000

500,000

600,000

Bendigo & RHQ Heathcote Kangaroo Flat Mobile/Eaglehawk

Branches

Number of visits per branch within the CoGB

2008-09 2009-10 2010-11 2011-12 2012-13

0

100,000

200,000

300,000

400,000

500,000

600,000

700,000

Bendigo & RHQ Heathcote Kangaroo Flat Mobile/Eaglehawk

Branches

Number of loans per branch within the CoGB

2008-09

2009-10

2010-11

2011-12

2012-13

Page 229: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 229

Current or emerging challenges Current or emerging challenges for the Goldfields Library Corporation include:

Maintenance of State Government funding towards annual operating expenditure of the Corporation. The Ministerial Advisory Council on Public Libraries is undertaking a review of Victorian Public Libraries, which includes looking at funding models for Victorian Public Libraries. The outcome of the review is expected to be available either late 2013 or early in 2014.

Continuing to develop services that maximise opportunities for all members of the communities, that provide new and better programs, technologies, services and service delivery expected in 21st Century Public libraries.

Continuation of funding of possible Defined Benefit Superannuation calls.

Providing library services at a temporary location while undertaking the redevelopment of the Bendigo Library.

Developing strategic partnerships and programs to address the current problem and growing concern of low literacy areas in those areas served by the GLC.

Developing new skills for staff to ensure that they are suitably trained in the transformation of service delivery mechanisms, in particular in new and emerging technologies.

Management and Policy Direction Key management principles and policy pursuits proposed for the next year include:

Continue to work closely with the CoGB in developing the Bendigo Library and Regional Headquarters to ensure its suitability as a 21st Century library, information and community services hub.

Regularly review ongoing long term financial planning so that the Goldfields Library Corporation continues to remain in a strong financial position to meet its financial and community commitments moving forward.

Review to ensure appropriate service levels to the community.

Update the Library Plan.

Continuation of good governance, transparency and accountability to member Councils and the State Government.

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council acknowledge the performance of the Goldfields Library Corporation and the service it provides to the local and regional community.

(refer page 215 - recommendation adopted)

Page 230: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 230

5.4 BENDIGO TRUST ANNUAL REPORT 2012/13

Document Information

Author Tom Seddon, CEO Bendigo Trust Travis Harling, Finance Manager Responsible Marg Allan, Director Organisation Support Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide Council and the community with a summary of recent achievements by The Bendigo Trust / Bendigo Science & Technology Museum Inc and an outline of key management and policy pursuits guiding the future operation and development.

Policy Context

Council Plan 2013 - 2017

5.2 The financial and physical resources of the organisation are managed efficiently and well.

Background Information

The Bendigo Trust was formed in 1970 when the City of Bendigo called for a body to be formed to restore and operate the Central Deborah Gold Mine. The Trust was incorporated in 1973 when it became responsible for the Bendigo tram depot and fleet. In 2001, the City of Greater Bendigo (COGB) facilitated the Trust to take on the management of the Discovery Science & Technology Centre (the Trust and Discovery remain legally distinct) and, in 2007 COGB facilitated the transfer of management of the Chinese Joss House in Finn Street from the National Trust of Victoria to the Bendigo Trust. The Trust also has a caretaker role at Victoria Hill and the former Bendigo Gasworks. As a general rule, the Trust owns the trams and the documentary, artefact and machinery collection while Council owns (or controls) the buildings, sites and infrastructure. The City of Greater Bendigo representatives on the Board of the Bendigo Trust are Cr Elise Chapman and the Chief Executive Officer, Mr Craig Niemann. The Council is also represented on the Finance & Audit Committee by Council’s Senior Financial Accountant.

Page 231: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 231

Report

Key Achievements in 2012/13

Admissions, retail, and other trading income (exclusive of the tramway workshop) reached $1,732,919.

Total visitor numbers increased to 108,388.

$0

$200,000

$400,000

$600,000

$800,000

$1,000,000

$1,200,000

$1,400,000

$1,600,000

$1,800,000

$2,000,000

2010 2011 2012 2013

Revenue from Operating Activities

88000

90000

92000

94000

96000

98000

100000

102000

104000

106000

108000

110000

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013

Total Visitor Numbers

Page 232: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 232

Tramway workshop revenue reached $745,198.

The second year in a row of positive cash flow (although as with last year a loss was recorded after inclusion of depreciation charges).

Funded projects completed during the year included the Tramways Avenue Depot overhaul and workshop extension ($3.2m in Local, State and Commonwealth funding); the installation of new groundwater pumps at Central Deborah Gold Mine (assisted by a $300,000 State Government grant), and a $42,000 upgrade to the Lab at Discovery (funded by Gandel Philanthropy).

Grants from the Community Foundation for Central Victoria and the Helen Macpherson Smith Trust (totalling $45,000) allowed for restoration or replacement of many Discovery exhibits (a process that continues in 2013/14). Gifts of exhibits from Questacon and Scienceworks also added to the changes on Discovery’s exhibit floor. Commonwealth Government support increased again for Discovery’s program during National Science Week, and the National Library funded assessments of the Bendigo Tramways and Central Deborah Gold Mine collections.

Central Deborah won the Victorian award for Cultural & Heritage Tourism for the second year running, and was also successful at the Bendigo Business Excellence Awards.

The first Melbourne City Circle 'W8 class' tram refurbishment was finished and returned to Melbourne in June, and work on the second tram has commenced.

Council-funded capital works projects in 2012/13 were dominated by the groundwater pumping project, even more than expected after a Commonwealth grant application was unsuccessful. The pumps were successfully installed before rising water levels reached them, and while it is early days still, the volume of water pumped each day is approximately half of the 'worst case' scenario of 1.8megalitres/day.

$0

$100,000

$200,000

$300,000

$400,000

$500,000

$600,000

$700,000

$800,000

2010 2011 2012 2013

Workshop Income

Page 233: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 233

Other capital-related projects included an assessment of lower level ventilation and winder cage overhauls at Central Deborah; tram overhead works in Pall Mall and North Bendigo and various tram workshop improvements and major equipment purchases.

The Discovery Centre held its first major travelling exhibition - 'Whodunit?'. Unfortunately, teacher industrial action affected school attendances and the public reaction, while positive, was not large and the exhibition ran at a loss. It is worth observing that the Trust was in a strong enough position to take the chance. Financial Resources - Bendigo Trust The Bendigo Trust reported a $63,886 operating deficit for the financial year ending 30 June 2013. The Trust is monitoring its units closely to ensure each remains viable 2013 2012 Revenue

Revenue from operating activities 2,478,117 2,050,855

Revenue from government grants and other grants 423,011 523,092

Total Revenue 2,901,128 2,573,957

Other Income

Other income 239,496 176,954

Revenue from government grants and other grants for projects

920,000 850,000

Total Other Income 1,159,496 1,026,954

Total Revenue and Other Income 4,060,624 3,600,902 2013 2012 Expenditure

Employee expenses 2,068,626 1,825,601

Cost of sales and services 559,365 209,810

Projects 563,511 926,114

Other expenses 708,362 554,433

Specific expenses 224,646 230,575

Total Expenses 4,124,510 3,746,553

DEFICIT 63,886 145,651 Financial Resources - City of Greater Bendigo

2013 2012

Expenditure 829,244 903,471

Total Cost to Council 829,244 903,741

Balance of Loan to Bendigo Trust 240,000 300,000

Page 234: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 234

Staffing

Total staff EFT

Trust Office / Visitor Services 19 12.3

Mine / Victoria Hill 18 8.3

Tramway / Workshop 23 12.2

Discovery 15 5.4

TOTAL 75 38.2

Volunteering occurs across the Trust, but predominately at the Tramways. The Trust benefits from many thousands of volunteer hours each year. Total volunteers equate to between 80 – 100 per year, including staff who also volunteer their time. Current or Emerging Challenges Current or emerging challenges for The Bendigo Trust include:

The decision by Unity Mining Ltd in December 2011 to abandon the Swan Decline put the continued existence of Central Deborah Gold Mine (and to some degree the Trust as a whole) into question. Funding was secured to help with installation of pumps at the mine and these are now keeping the mine open but operating costs and long-term water disposal are still open questions. There is now a wider understanding that this is a region-wide, long-term issue, and not a 'Central Deborah problem'.

The Tram Tour remains largely as conceived in 1972, owing in the main to the costs and consents needed for additional stops or new track. 40 years is a good run for a tourism attraction, particularly given the lift in visitor expectations over that time. It would be unwise to expect, however, that the current tram tour can continue indefinitely with only upkeep of the existing line. Work is being carried out by Trust staff (with Council staff input) to obtain funding to support a multi-disciplinary study of the tramway and possible futures for it.

The Discovery Centre made progress in 2012/13 raising funds for exhibit renewal, for building improvements to better control summertime temperatures and for other lighting and building improvements. As the time of writing neither is completely funded, however we have reason to be hopeful in the current year.

Management and Policy Direction Key management principles and policy pursuits proposed for the next few years include:

The Trust has been running to its Strategic Plan 2008 – 13, which is supplemented by site-specific strategic plans:

o Discovery 2009 – 13 and 2013 – 16,

o Bendigo Tramways 2010 – 15, and

o Central Deborah Gold Mine 2010 – 15.

Page 235: Minutes 23 october 2013

Productivity - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 235

Each year a Business Plan (incl budget) is prepared which addresses the goals and specific tasks set out in the Strategic Plan. This Strategic Plan was replaced by a rolling three-year plan adopted in April 2013, and the 2013/14 business plan and budget is derived from the new Strategic Plan.

The three strategic goals in the new Strategic Plan are:

1. Build a sound and financially robust Bendigo Trust.

2. Develop our experiences and services, and expand the reach of our messages.

3. Make the Trust a destination of choice for employees, volunteers and our audience.

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council: Acknowledges the work of the Bendigo Trust for its support in providing and managing a variety of historical and educational facilities.

(refer page 215 - recommendation adopted)

Page 236: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 236

6. SUSTAINABILITY

6.1 DRAFT WASTE AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY

Document Information

Author Robyn Major, Manager Sustainable Environment Responsible Darren Fuzzard, Director Presentation and Assets Director

Summary/Purpose

Seek approval to release the Draft Waste and Resource Management Strategy for public comment for a period of six weeks.

Policy Context

Council Plan Reference:

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013–2017:

Theme: 4 Sustainability

Strategic Objective: 4.2 Reduce all waste to landfill.

2013-2014 Action: 4.2.1 Commence implementation of agreed priorities in the Waste and Resource Management Strategy encompassing: reducing resource consumption, a local landfill decision, reducing waste to landfill and converting waste to resource.

Independent Review of the City of Greater Bendigo: Recommendation 5 Facilitate the development and finalisation of the Waste

Strategy to determine the best way to manage waste going forward, (and undertake analysis to determine the cost and requirements for the rehabilitation of historic sites and current sites once they reach capacity).

Outcome Clear strategy for the future of waste management in the municipality (and a clear understanding of the costs associated with landfill rehabilitation and a plan from Council as to how this should be funded).

Page 237: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 237

Background Information The City of Greater Bendigo identified that a new strategy was required to guide decisions with regard to the future management of waste within the municipality. The strategy was prompted by a range of factors including:

Increasing regulation and costs to manage landfills.

Limited remaining capacity at the Eaglehawk Landfill.

Changing policy environments and community expectations.

A need to make better use of the resource opportunity that our waste stream provides.

The need to improve awareness and responsibility for waste generation, re-use, recycling and disposal in our community as a result of poor results compared to other similar municipalities

Exacerbation of the above due to a predicted sustained increase in population. Development of the Strategy was initially funded through the 2011/12 budget process and the project commenced in late 2011. The original intention was for the Strategy to be developed within 12 months however for the following reasons it is expected to now take around 2 years:

The Victorian Government’s new waste policy that was anticipated to be finalised by mid-2012 was released in May 2013. This policy provides the framework within which CoGB’s strategy must operate. Therefore, finalising the City’s strategy before the policy was in place was not appropriate.

Council’s resolution to establish a Waste and Resource Advisory Committee to support development of the document created the opportunity to explore a variety of possibilities through the eyes of highly knowledgeable community members. In doing so adequate time had to be permitted to allow this process to occur.

The process of developing the Background Paper revealed that the complexities of the matter and possibilities for the City, community and businesses were far greater than originally anticipated.

Consultation with the waste sector, community and staff spanned 12 months and included individual meeting, listening posts, workshops, survey and focus groups.

The original project plan intended that the Strategy be developed first to provide the strategic direction to inform the development of an Implementation Plan. This method proved to make engagement difficult and so it was decided that the Implementation plan would be developed concurrently which necessitated greater investigation.

The draft strategy evolved from the following process: Stage 1: Capturing our current understanding: Where are we now?

Page 238: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 238

A ‘Background Paper to inform the development of the CoGB Waste and Resource Management Strategy’ was developed to provide information to any party who wished to engage in the process of developing the Strategy.

Formation of the Waste and Resource Advisory Committee.

Stage 2: Developing a vision for the future: How would we like to be?

A visioning workshop - conducted to develop a shared vision on a preferred state for waste management in the future along with principles to guide decision making for the strategy.

Range of engagement and information gathering activities. Stage 3: Developing the Strategy: How will we get there?

Community and industry consultation.

High level modelling of the diversion rates that are possible through different processes and systems and the indicative costs compared to business as usual.

Strategy and Implementation Plan development Previous Council Decision(s) Date(s): Ordinary Meeting of Council on 25 May 2011 – Council resolved the 2011/12 budget, including the allocation of funds to develop a Waste Strategy. Ordinary Meeting of Council on 19 October 2011 – Council resolved to establish a Waste and Resource Advisory Committee. Ordinary Meeting of Council on 15 August 2012 – Council resolved to endorse the use of the ‘Background paper’ to inform the community about the existing situation in waste management for the City, and that it be available via Council’s website.

Report

This Strategy has been developed through an iterative process involving the Waste and Resource Advisory Committee, Waste and Resource Management Strategy Steering Committee, Central Murray and Calder Regional Waste Management Groups, Sustainability Victoria, Hyder Consulting and CoGB staff. Significant preliminary community and industry input has been obtained in various ways throughout this process. While the draft Strategy is intentionally written in unambiguous statements of position and action, the proposed next stage (involving feedback from the broader community) will be used to help determine which of these statements is appropriate to retain in the final version and/or what else is needed. The draft Strategy proposes many initiatives and strategic positions. The most significant of these include:

Page 239: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 239

1. The City will not pursue the development of a new landfill once Eaglehawk Landfill reaches its capacity.

While disposal of residual waste to landfill will continue to be necessary for the foreseeable future, it is not essential that council owns and operates its own facility. The City has contracts in place that demonstrate cost effective alternatives from the private sector exist; over the past twelve months the City has disposed of almost all waste in a privately operated landfill at a cheaper overall cost to the community than if it had used the current Eaglehawk landfill. The ongoing use and reliance on these private sector facilities is unlikely to pose a practical problem as the waste sector continues to develop and offer a broader range of waste and resource management services for the commercial & industrial, construction & demolition and municipal solid waste streams. 2. The City will introduce an organics management system to reduce waste going to

landfill. The biggest potential to reduce municipal waste going to landfill within Greater Bendigo is by recycling the organics (green and food) component that constitutes between 45 and 60 percent (or 12,000 to 17,000 tonnes) of the content in our kerbside garbage bins. Likely options to achieve this in Bendigo include a third bin (catering for only green waste, food waste or both) with an associated processing facility, or an Advanced Waste Treatment Facility (possibly utilising the existing bin arrangement). However, if this initiative is ultimately pursued an open tender process would be used to identify all of the possible options. In the event that a third bin for organics was then chosen by Council from a tender process, a mandatory reduction to a 140 litre garbage bin for all properties serviced by the third bin would be made. 3. Improving recycling performance at home and in public places. Feedback from the community indicated that approximately 50 percent of residents regularly fill their existing 240 litre recycling bin within the fortnightly pick up cycle. It is predicted that this is a primary reason for 12-13 percent of the garbage bin composition being 'traditional' recyclables that have flowed over from the full recycling bins. Given the relatively small additional volume of recyclables that could be transferred from the waste bin to the recycling bin, an increase in the frequency of service from fortnightly to weekly financially cannot be justified. Such a change would almost double the cost to households of that service. A more practical and economic response is to undertake the following:

Provide periodic education programs for residents to encourage flattening or compacting items as a simple and free way of getting more capacity in their recycling bin.

Introduce the option of 360 litre recycling bins.

Page 240: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 240

Continue to advertise the option of an additional 240 litre recycling bin for those residents with very high volumes of recycling.

In addition, to support the message that recycling is not seen as an optional activity but rather 'just what we do wherever we are', a network of well-placed public place recycling bins will be introduced into high profile locations. To ensure a positive outcome, a well-planned approach to changing community behaviour based on providing recycling bins in the right places, and supporting this with the right education programs, is essential. 4. The City will not introduce a kerbside hard waste collection service, but promote the

range of existing enterprises that service this need. Approaches to the management of hard waste vary across Councils. The most common being the collection on-mass of items from the kerbside or on-call arrangements. While the demand and need for such a service is appreciated, the greatest shortcoming at present appears to be a lack of knowledge about the services already on offer to residents by private operators, including the Eaglehawk Eco Centre. The introduction of a hard waste service by the City would be counter-productive to the ongoing development of competition within the private sector that has already produced an on-call response which is provided at a nominal cost or free of charge. Greater promotion of existing services could significantly improve community satisfaction in this area without the undue additional cost of the City establishing a duplicate service. The City will encourage and provide information to support the community to utilise these accessible and cost effective services. 5. The City will commit to a powerful and targeted education and awareness program to

support strategy initiatives. The critical role that education and awareness programs play alongside infrastructure solutions is acknowledged. Council commits to delivering a powerful and targeted program to support initiatives from this Strategy. In addition to educating the community on ways to avoid creating waste, advocacy for legislative changes at a National and State level to improve resource recovery and reduce waste to landfill is one of the most significant contributions that the City can make. Ongoing strong advocacy is a commitment of the Strategy. 6. The City will continue to commit to reducing littering and illegal dumping. This Strategy demonstrates a commitment to reducing the incidence of littering and illegal dumping through a combination of education, infrastructure changes and compliance. As with public place recycling, a well-planned approach is essential to ensuring that the location of litter bins support the community to ‘do the right thing’.

Page 241: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 241

Illegal dumping poses a threat to wildlife and the community and can lead to long-term contamination. The City will partner with public land management agencies to deliver the consistent message that illegal dumping will not be tolerated, and support this message with compliance action including education and enforcement. 7. The City will continue to promote opportunities for innovation in waste management. There are a number of ways in which the City can support the public transition from thinking about ‘waste management’ to ‘resource and residual waste management’ including:

Separating municipal solid waste into resource streams and offering the streams for private sector growth.

Pursuing new technologies that improve the separation or treatment of waste and/or generate energy at a cost the community can afford.

Identifying and pursuing opportunities from the imminent State Government led changes to waste management institutional arrangements and strategic provision of waste management infrastructure.

An Implementation Plan detailing an extensive range of proposed actions to achieve the outcomes described in the Strategy is also included. Priority/Importance: This Strategy is a high priority as it puts in place strategic directions and actions to address the matters of greatest concern in waste management including:

High waste generation per household.

Low rate of diversion of material from landfill.

Rising cost of disposal to landfill e.g. landfill levy, carbon charges and increases in regulatory requirements and cost of landfill management.

Waste disposal post closure of Eaglehawk landfill. The Strategy has been intentionally defined with a five year horizon to reflect the urgency for significant changes in how waste is managed by the City and how waste and its impacts are valued by our community. The implications of the Strategy will of course extend well beyond the initial five years and will help put the Bendigo community at the forefront of waste and resource management in regional Australia. Timelines: The Strategy is proposed to be available to the community for comment from 23 October until 4 December 2013. Following this, the Strategy (revised as appropriate in consideration of public feedback) will be presented to Council for adoption in early 2014.

Page 242: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 242

Risk Analysis: Legislative and policy changes at State and Federal government levels are driving the cost of traditional waste disposal methods up significantly. Investment in newer technologies and more infrastructure will help minimise these costs over time but our collective success will be critically dependant on how we at a household and individual level choose to act; processes and facilities that avoid costly landfill taxes are only efficient if they are used correctly. The Greater Bendigo community’s relatively poor past performance in waste creation and recycling does not mean that dramatic improvement is ‘too hard’ but recognising and responding to this context, and the many possible reasons for it, will be essential to the Strategy’s success. It is for this reason that the draft Strategy places such importance on community engagement and education activities for any initiatives proposed. Building on the significant early consultation work and engaging more of the community to refine the draft document is another important step in this process. Drawing on expertise from the City’s Media & Communications and Strategy units, a communication plan with 6 weeks of intensive promotion utilising a variety of media and forums has been developed to do this.

Consultation/Communication

Extensive consultation has occurred throughout this project, firstly in contributing to the development of the Background Paper and more recently the draft Waste and Resource Management Strategy. Internal Consultation: CoGB staff were provided with specific consultation opportunities including listening posts and focus groups. Garbage truck operators and landfill staff were also offered one-on-one meetings or on-site group meetings. Other Units that contributed to the development of the Strategy include: Presentation and Works; Economic Development; Communications and Media Team; Rates and Evaluations; Environmental Health and Local Laws; Statutory Planning and Strategy. External Consultation: Consultation included:

Waste and Resource Advisory Committee: Three Councillors and 10 community members, this group represents a cross section of backgrounds and interests, including business, industry, the local sustainability group and general community.

Waste and Resource Management Strategy Steering Committee; CRWMG, EPA and CoGB staff.

Councillors: Individual interviews and group meetings and presentations.

Visioning Workshop: Community, industry, agency, councillors and CoGB staff.

Page 243: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 243

Community Survey: 318 survey responses – The purpose was to investigate views, behaviours and needs in relation to waste management.

Business Survey: 57 responses – The purpose was to identify current waste and recycling practices within local businesses, obtain feedback on the adequacy of existing infrastructure and services in the municipality, and to be informed of future business trends that may affect the City’s waste streams.

A series of ‘listening posts’ were held throughout November and December 2012, primarily for the general public, but also for Council staff. The public events were mostly held as information stalls at popular shopping areas and one was held at the Eaglehawk Recycle Shop. About 170 residents actively engaged in the public listening posts and approximately15 Council staff participated in the internal consultation sessions.

Government agencies and representatives, including Department of Environment and Primary Industries, EPA, Sustainability Victoria, Regional Waste Management Groups and local government staff in other municipalities.

Waste and Resource Sector: Private enterprises involved in waste and resource management in the municipality.

David Maltby (external waste consultant) reviewed Background Paper and provided advice on the development of the Strategy.

Hyder Consulting conducted modelling on a range of options for the management of organics.

Resource Implications

Budget Allocation in the Current Financial Year: No specific allocation was included in the 2013/2014 budget for the development of this strategy as the remaining works have predominantly been delivered in-house within the operating budget. Previous Council Support: 2011/2012 financial year project budget $70,000 expenditure $50,000. 2012/2013 financial year project budget $30,000 expenditure $40,000. Total expenditure $90,000 until June 2013. External Funding Sources: Various funding sources will be investigated to assist with the implementation of components of this Strategy. Sustainability Victoria has already committed $500,000 towards identifying options for the removal of organics from the waste stream.

Page 244: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 244

Projected costs for future financial years: While considerable opportunity for funding from the State Government exists for many of the initiatives in the Strategy, it is a fundamental tenant of waste management in Victoria to pursue full cost recovery from the beneficiaries of the service. This principle is included in the Strategy. Accordingly, it is intended that as initiatives are pursued, their impact on the waste fees charged by the City will be included for Council’s consideration. A number of directions within this Strategy will be enacted as change incorporated into business as usual operations, while others will require specific budget allocations in future years. Listed below are some projected costs and/or avoided costs associated with the key proposals in the draft Strategy: 1. No new landfill development. Avoided costs:

Up-front cost of developing a new landfill including consultation, statutory planning (zoning amendment and planning application), EPA approvals, and construction works. Indicative cost:$10M+

Rehabilitation and lifetime monitoring of the site – a component of gate fees to any landfill will include funds to be held in reserve by the operator. These fees are calculated on current regulations that are subject to change over time. However the actual financial liability is not fully realised until rehabilitation and ongoing site monitoring is implemented. All too often the reserve is not enough to cover the costs. This is a liability that would be carried by the ratepayers for up to eighty years if the City establishes a new landfill.

Projected costs:

Development of an Exit Strategy for Eaglehawk Landfill (this is to cease the delivery of waste disposal services only, site will be required for ongoing services such as sorting or transfer of waste and resource streams). Estimated: $100,000.

Transition of Eaglehawk site to transfer facility for management of waste and resource streams. Potentially: $1M - $2M.

2. Organics collection to reduce waste going to landfill. Avoided costs:

The landfill levy and carbon price per tonne of organic material will be saved and over time this is predicted to outweigh the cost of an organics management service.

Residual waste bin collection will go to a fortnightly collection.

Page 245: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 245

Projected costs:

The initial net cost of an organics collection and treatment system is estimated to be approximately $70 per tenement per year. (Taking into account cost savings from avoided costs).

3. Improving recycling performance at home and in public places. The City will introduce optional 360 litre recycling bins to residents wishing to increase their recycling capacity.

Avoided cost:

Avoid paying landfill levy, carbon price and carting costs on recyclable material placed in the residual waste bin.

Avoid doubling the cost of collection to provide a weekly recycling collection service to recover approximately 10% more recyclable material.

Projected costs:

The additional pro-rata cost of a 360 litre bin verses a 240 litre bin will be paid by the householder.

Education and awareness campaign to improved recycling outcomes.

The City will introduce a network of public place recycling bins in high use areas. Projected costs:

The network of public place recycling bins will be expanded and external funding will be sought to support the program. Based on installation of 40 bins approximately $80,000 and ongoing pick up at around $1/lift/bin.

Education and awareness campaign to support community behaviour change and bin audits. Approximately $20,000. Grant funding is often made available through Sustainability Victoria for public place recycling infrastructure and education.

4. Promote the range of existing hard waste collection enterprises and not introduce a competing council funded collection.

Avoided costs:

Setup and management of a hard waste collection service.

Reduced waste to landfill thereby avoiding landfill levy payment.

Projected Cost:

Periodic review of available services to ensure they meet the needs of the community. No additional cost above business as usual operational budget.

Existing services will be promoted through the City’s webpage and promotional material. No additional cost above business as usual operational budget.

5. The City will commit to a powerful and targeted education and awareness program to

support strategy initiatives.

Page 246: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 246

Avoided costs:

Reduced disposal costs

Projected costs:

The total cost of the education and awareness programs for waste management is variable and depends on the standard of the campaign wanted, the media used and the level of service change that needs conveying to the community. Estimated cost $100,000 - $200,000/annum

6. Reducing littering and illegal dumping. Avoided costs:

Reduction in resources required to clean up illegal dumping sites.

Projected Costs:

Compliance costs No additional cost above business as usual operational budget.

Education – depends on the scale of the campaign – mid range $20,000.

Conclusion

Development of the draft Waste and Resource Management Strategy has highlighted that significant improvement to our performance as a community in waste avoidance and management is needed. The Strategy proposed many ways that this could be achieved but also acknowledges that the critical element to its success is how we, at an individual and household level, will choose to act. The draft Strategy also attempts to clearly define the City’s legal responsibilities for waste and identifies actions to improve service delivery including the use and promotion of private sector involvement where a better result for the community could be achieved. The draft Strategy has already benefited from significant input from interested members of the community and industry and it is now considered appropriate to gain further input from the wider community to progress its finalisation.

Attachments

1. Communication plan for the Draft Waste and Resource Management Strategy to seek broad community feedback.

2. Draft Waste and Resource Management Strategy.

Page 247: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 247

RECOMMENDATION

That Council approves exhibition of the Draft Waste and Resource Management Strategy for the purpose of public comment over a six week period in accordance with the communication plan. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Campbell, Seconded Cr Cox. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 248: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 248

6.2 FLOOD STUDY COMMUNITY CONSULTATION PROCESS

Document Information

Author Richard Morrison, Acting Manager Engineering and Public Space Responsible Darren Fuzzard, Director Presentation and Assets Director

Summary/Purpose

To seek Council’s endorsement to commence community consultation processes on the draft Bendigo Flood Study.

Policy Context

Council Plan Reference:

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013–2017:

Theme: 4 Sustainability

Strategic Objective: 4.1 Existing infrastructure and assets are well maintained and appropriately upgraded to sustain them for future generations.

2013-2014 Action: 4.1.8 Better protect properties at risk of flood by starting the Planning Scheme Amendment process to implement the Bendigo Flood Study.

Previous Discussions: A copy of draft plans showing the predicted impact of 1 in 100 year storms across Bendigo city (based on the new flood models) has been provided in the Councillor’s room. The following briefings have occurred:

18 September 2013 - presentation by North Central Catchment Management Authority (NCCMA) and consultant Water Technology

25 September 2013 - Councillor Forum

Background Information

For many years the “Land Subject to Overland Flooding” overlays in Bendigo’s Planning Scheme have been recognised as being out of date and inaccurate.

Page 249: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 249

In 2009, the City, NCCMA, the State Government and the Federal Government (via the then Natural Disaster Mitigation Program) committed funds to undertake a new flood study for the purpose of updating these overlays in the Planning Scheme. Since that time the study, led by the NCCMA in conjunction with the City and other relevant authorities, has been proceeding under the direction of a steering committee chaired by the City’s Director of Presentation and Assets. Initial works included undertaking a topographic (three dimensional) survey of Bendigo using sophisticated aerial laser survey (known as LIDAR). Bendigo is made up of a very complex series of catchments and sub catchments that ultimately feed water into Bendigo Creek and travel north to the Murray River. Recognising this complexity, the consultant Water Technology undertook the study using two types of models whose results were then integrated to create overall plans that predict the impact of various sizes and durations of storms. The Rainfall and Runoff model was used for the main creeks “spine” and the Tuflow Direct Rainfall Methodology (Rainfall on Grid) for the various individual catchments across the city. The Rainfall and Runoff model is the traditional way to model creeks. This model was calibrated using the March 2010, September 2010 and February 2011 storms by checking the model’s predictions against data from existing stream gauges and observations / photos obtained from the community during early consultation phases. The Rainfall on Grid model is a state-of-the-art model that works by applying specified amounts of rain (for various storm sizes) onto the three dimensional topographic survey (LIDAR) which is broken up into 3m by 3m squares across the entire city. When the model runs, each 3m by 3m square ‘sheds’ the water that has ‘rained’ on it to the squares around it based on the water ‘flowing’ in the direction(s) that the three dimensional survey says is ‘downhill’. Water received from another square is then shed in similar fashion until eventually all water ‘falling’ across the entire (modelled) city for a given storm ends up in Bendigo Creek or at the end of its catchment. In addition to the modelling being based on real ground surface levels throughout Bendigo, some 20,000 underground stormwater pipes (of sizes 300mm and above) were included in the model. The iterative nature of the Rainfall on Grid model required immense computing power to complete it. The consultants believe that this study (which required multiple super computers to run 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, for more than 8 months) is the largest of its type ever undertaken in Victoria and possibly Australia.

Report

Benefits of the Model: As indicated, the primary purpose of the model is to provide the basis for updating Bendigo’s Planning Scheme Overlays. In doing so, this will assist future land use planning and development decisions to minimise the risks to the Bendigo community from flooding. In addition, the model will:

Assist NCCMA, the City and VicSES in preparing for, and responding to, a flood emergency in Bendigo.

Page 250: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 250

Enable engineers and planners to use the model to assess development proposals.

Enable the City to identify, develop and prioritise investigation and drainage improvement works.

Allow detailed business cases for flood mitigation and drainage proposals. Progress to Date The modelling component of the study is complete and the associated Bendigo Urban Flood Study Report has been drafted. NCCMA and City officers have commenced reviewing the mapped results of the model to identify possible locations where the new Planning Scheme Overlays could be applied. Community Consultation: Given the extensive nature of the study and potential number of properties to which the new overlays could apply, a staged approach to the community consultation process has been developed. A Communication and Engagement Strategy has been developed by the NCCMA in conjunction with the City for this purpose. This plan proposes to begin by rolling out information to the Epsom-Huntly area at the start of November 2013 as follows:

Media briefing (indicative 6 November 2013)

Media releases and Public Notices (indicative 6 November 2013)

Correspondence – Individual letters to properties owners affected by the proposed Planning Scheme Overlays.

Public workshops to allow individual residents, businesses, and landowners to discuss the flood study at prearranged times. (Indicatively on 18 and 20 November 2013).

Radio and television

Website

Social media

Direct contact with community from the above The purpose of this consultation will be to inform landowners of the predicted impacts of major storms on their property, what the proposed overlay is and what it would mean if it was applied to their property. It will also allow landowners an opportunity to provide further data to assist in refining the predicted impacts of storms on their property. The feedback obtained during the consultation process with landowners from the Epsom-Huntly area will then be used to establish how the rest of the City’s potentially affected residents will be consulted. A further update will be provided to Council when appropriate.

Page 251: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 251

While Councillors are advised to refer specific concerns of potentially affected residents to NCCMA and City officers, a ‘Frequently Asked Questions’ document has been prepared to assist Councillors in answering some of the broader enquiries that they may receive. Implementing the Results: Once the whole community has been consulted and the feedback received has been analysed, the draft flood maps will be updated as appropriate in preparation for the Planning Scheme Amendment process. The resultant Planning Scheme Amendment is likely to be the largest and most resource intensive one ever undertaken by the City. It is difficult to provide an accurate assessment of the resources required at this stage. However, given the size and complexity of the information in the modelling, it is reasonable to expect that the process could take 2 years from when it commences. Current expectations are that the earliest the formal amendment process could commence is in July 2014. The standard consultation and amendment process includes:

Public forums to explain the process

Public exhibition period of at least 3 months

Council consideration of submissions

Panel hearings

Council consideration of a panel report

Amendment presented to the Minister for Planning for consideration of approval Risk Analysis: The outcomes of the study and any resultant changes to the Planning Scheme Overlays will provide an important flood risk mitigation tool for the community in many ways. To ensure that the tool produced is as accurate and meaningful as possible, care must be taken not to rush to deliver a study that has not been sufficiently analysed and tested by both data checking and community input. The time taken must naturally be balanced against the eagerness in the community to see the outcome of this project in a timely manner to inform development and Council decisions. The timeframes included in this report are considered to be the most appropriate for providing the best outcome from this project.

Page 252: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 252

Consultation/Communication

Prior to the proposed formal community consultation phase of the project, considerable consultation has taken place with key stakeholders and government agencies. This consultation has been managed via a stakeholder project steering committee chaired by the City’s Director of Presentation and Assets. Preliminary feedback was also obtained from members of the public who were able to provide valuable photographic and video evidence of the impact of known storms throughout Bendigo. This information was used in the preliminary calibration processes for the ‘spine’ model. Preliminary discussions also occurred with representatives from the (community based) Epsom Huntly Drainage Committee. External Consultation:

NCCMA

State Emergency Service

Coliban Water

Department of Environment and Primary Industries

Bureau of Meteorology Internal Consultation:

Engineering and Public Space

Statutory Planning

Emergency Management and Risk

Communications and Media

Resource Implications

The formal community consultation phase of the study will have a significant impact on the City’s and NCCMA’s engineering staff with the specialist expertise and experience in the flood model. Hence it is important to stage the Plan. Although the NCCMA has the software to run the flood model, it is essential that the City’s engineers also have access to this software for ongoing modelling and design purposes. This will form the basis of future applications during the annual budget process.

Conclusion

The Bendigo Flood Study project has reached the stage where formal community consultation is both appropriate and essential to allow the work to progress toward the Planning Scheme Amendment process. The community consultation phase will be a significant and resource intensive task for the NCCMA and the City. A staged approach to ensure that adequate and thorough responses are possible has been developed.

Page 253: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 253

Initially this consultation process will occur with potentially affected landowners in the Epsom-Huntly area and an update on proposed subsequent stages will be provided to Council thereafter.

Attachment

1. FAQ for Flood Study

RECOMMENDATION

That Council: 1. Acknowledges the progress to date in developing the modelling for the Bendigo

Flood Study including the significant contributions of officers from the North Central Catchment Management Authority and the City’s Engineering and Public Space Unit.

2. Endorses the commencement of the formal community consultation phase for the

study in the Epsom-Huntly area. 3. Notes that a further report on proposed subsequent stages will be presented to

Council when appropriate. MOTION Moved Cr Williams, Seconded Cr Fyffe. That Council: 1. Acknowledges the progress to date in developing the modelling for the Bendigo

Flood Study including the significant contributions of officers from the North Central Catchment Management Authority and the City’s Engineering and Public Space Unit.

2. Endorses the commencement of the formal community consultation phase for the

study in the Epsom-Huntly area. 3. Notes that a further report on proposed subsequent stages will be presented to

Council when appropriate. 4. That the Huntly Epsom Drainage Group continue to be engaged in the process.

CARRIED

Page 254: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 254

6.3 ASSET MANAGEMENT POLICY

Document Information

Author Steve Wickes, Co-ordinator Strategic Asset Management Responsible Darren Fuzzard, Director Presentation and Assets Director

Purpose

To adopt the City of Greater Bendigo’s Asset Management Policy (2013-17).

Policy Context

Council Plan Reference:

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013–2017:

Theme: 4 Sustainability

Strategic Objective: 4.1 Existing infrastructure and assets are well maintained and appropriately upgraded to sustain them for future generations.

2013-2014 Action: 4.1.1 Maintain investment in renewal of existing infrastructure assets so they remain safe, sound and fit for purpose.

2013-2014 Action: 4.1.2 Maintain increased investment in rural roads.

2013-2014 Action: 4.1.3 Maintain increased investment in drainage.

2013-2014 Action: 4.1.4 Increase investment in renewal of swimming pools.

2013-2014 Action: 4.1.6 Finalise the Building Asset Management Plan to provide strategic direction to manage Council's significant property portfolio.

Theme: Good Governance and Decision Making

Strategic Objective: 5.1 Council demonstrates good governance and leadership.

2013-2014 Action: 5.1.1 Consider the recommendations of the Independent Review 2013 and implement the agreed actions.

Background Information

Late in 2012 the City recognised the need for a co-ordinated and concentrated effort in asset management. This led to the appointment of a Co-ordinator Strategic Asset Management in early 2013 with the responsibility of forming an asset management steering group, developing asset management policy and strategy, developing asset management plans, and promoting asset management across the organisation.

Page 255: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 255

The recent progress made in asset management was acknowledged by Aurecon in the Independent Review, completed in June 2013, and the need to establish an asset management policy, strategy and plans supported by several recommendations.

Report

The City of Greater Bendigo’s physical infrastructure is valued at $1.53 billion and includes roads, kerb and channel, pathways, car parks, bridges, buildings, swimming pools, stormwater drainage, parks and reserves assets, public furniture, aerodrome and livestock yards. Effective and integrated asset management is critical for the City of Greater Bendigo to deliver and maintain appropriate infrastructure to meet the required levels of service in the most cost effective manner for present and future customers. The key benefits of good asset management are:

Optimising the life of Council’s assets through improved maintenance programs;

Improved financial planning and decision-making for asset investment in the future through asset management plans that advise on future asset funding requirements; and

Reduced maintenance costs due to the improved planning of asset renewal before they deteriorate and require additional maintenance.

The purpose of the Asset Management Policy is to establish a clear framework for the sustainable management and care of the City of Greater Bendigo’s infrastructure in a way that assists in the achievement of Council’s vision and meets the infrastructure needs of the community. The Asset Management Policy states the general principles and non-discretionary requirements for the development of asset management strategies and plans. While no such document has previously existed, the commitment made substantially reflects Council practice at an investment level.

Consultation/Communication

The Asset Management Policy has been developed and endorsed by the City’s Service and Asset Management Steering Committee (SAMSC) over the past three months. The SAMSC encompasses Directors, Managers and Co-ordinators from the various Units associated with management of the City’s assets and delivery of services.

Page 256: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 256

Resource Implications

While many aspects of the Policy are commitments to existing practices, the development of service and asset management plans and the training of staff will require the substantial commitment of existing staff time and, in time, the expansion of the Strategic Asset Management Team. The specific impacts of this work will be identified through the annual budget development processes. The primary purpose of asset management is to ensure that investment decisions achieve the best overall return to stakeholders. A greater understanding of this return will be established in the coming years as the subordinate asset management plans are developed.

Conclusion

Assets are critical for service delivery and must align with the needs of the service. Ensuring that Council assets are managed and maintained so that they are fit for purpose, safe and will satisfy the needs of the community for years to come is essential. The development of a clear and concise Asset Management Policy provides asset managers with an understanding of expectations with respect to the asset management outcomes and provides clear direction for the development of asset management strategies and plans.

Attachments

1. Asset Management Policy 2013-2017

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council resolves to adopt the Asset Management Policy 2013-2017. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Cox, Seconded Cr Campbell. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 257: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 257

ASSET MANAGEMENT POLICY

Approval Date:

Review Date: October 2017

Author: Co-ordinator Strategic Asset Management

Responsible Officer: Chief Executive Officer

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to outline a framework for the sustainable management and care of the City of Greater Bendigo’s (the City’s) infrastructure assets, currently valued at $1.53 billion,

in a way that assists in the achievement of Council’s vision and meets the infrastructure needs of

the community.

Asset Management is a key element of the City’s integrated planning.

This policy, upon being approved, replaces any other Council policy relating to infrastructure

asset management.

2. SCOPE

Asset Management supports the City’s other strategies by ensuring that appropriate

infrastructure is provided and maintained to enable the delivery of programs, services and

activities to the community.

The structure of Asset Management within the City works through association with various

plans and documents as represented in the following diagram. Where a plan or document does

not currently exist it shall be developed to comply with this policy.

Each document has a specific purpose and represents a different level of detail relevant to Asset

Management practices and processes within the organisation.

The City’s asset management framework aligns with Best Value Principles, as detailed in Pt 9

Div.3 ss208A-208J of the Local Government Act 1989, and the ‘Core’ and ‘Advanced’

benchmark levels within the National Asset Management Assessment Framework (NAMAF).

Page 258: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 258

3. POLICY COMMITMENTS

Policy principles to support the Council Plan and to govern the City's approach to asset

management are as follows:

Planning for services and investment in infrastructure assets must accommodate the needs

of a growing and increasingly diverse community.

External funding to support and maintain community infrastructure assets must be pursued, wherever possible, to minimise the impact on the community.

Infrastructure investment decisions shall be made using a structured, transparent and

consistent approach that considers the following:

Demonstrated need and asset function through consultation (fit for purpose, future

demands, demographic).

Level of service and community benefits (community needs and benefits, technical).

Grant funding (financial).

Overall community value of asset ownership (social, environment, heritage values,

economic benefit).

Risk assessments and statutory obligations (financial risk/sustainability, environmental

risk, planning, appropriate design, construction standards, safety).

Lifecycle costing of potential projects.

Page 259: Minutes 23 october 2013

Sustainability - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 259

Competing demands exist between growth, maintaining existing infrastructure to safe and

acceptable standards, and increasing community needs and aspirations. Recognising this,

asset renewal and maintenance works will be given priority, to progressively reduce the

Asset Renewal Gap.

Optimise the life and use of the City's assets and sustain them for future generations.

Decommission and dispose of assets that are under-utilised and no longer economically

viable.

The various key roles, responsibilities and delegations associated with service delivery and asset

management shall be documented in an Asset Management Strategy.

4. REVIEW

This Policy shall be formally reviewed and adopted by Council when developing the next Council

Plan.

REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

Important internal and external resource documents that help to inform the Asset Management

Policy are:

International Infrastructure Management Manual, International Edition - Version 4, 2011.

Australian Infrastructure Financial Management Guidelines – Edition 1.0, 2009.

National Asset Management Assessment Framework, 2009.

Australian Accounting Standards Board (AASB 116 Property, Plant and Equipment), 2004.

Local Government Act, 1989.

Burra Charter 1999 (The Burra Charter and its accompanying guidelines are considered the best practice standard for cultural heritage management in Australia).

CoGB Independent Review 2013 Final Recommendation Report - Aurecon.

Page 260: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 260

7. GOOD GOVERNANCE AND DECISION-MAKING

7.1 INDEPENDENT REVIEW PROGRESS REPORT

Document Information

Author/Responsible Craig Niemann, Chief Executive Officer Officer

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide an update on the Independent Review Implementation.

Policy Context

Council demonstrates good governance and leadership. Council Plan Reference: 5.1.1 – Consider the recommendations of the Independent Review 2013 and implement the agreed actions.

Independent Review

Recommendation 1 – Implementation and Communication

Background Information

Council has delivered on its commitment to independently review the City of Greater Bendigo to see what improvements can be made to its operations. In June this year, Aurecon delivered its final report including 69 recommendations for Council to consider. Previous Council Decision(s) Date(s): At its Meeting held on 21 August 2013 Council resolved:- 1. That Council receive the Management Response to the Independent Review

Report, adopts in principle the 69 recommendations contained in the Report, and seek an implementation plan and communications plan from the Chief Executive Officer.

Page 261: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 261

2. That a Committee of all Councillors supported by the Chief Executive Officer and Manager, Executive Services be established as the Independent Review Implementation Committee to oversee and monitor the implementation of the Review with Terms of Reference for the Committee to be considered at the first meeting to be held on Tuesday 27 August 2013 and that meetings be held at six (6) week intervals and that regular reports be provided to the community.

Report

The Independent Review Implementation Committee comprising all Councillors has considered progress on 27 August 2013, 9 September 2013, 9 October 2013, 16 October 2013 and 22 October 2013. The Committee has considered:-

Terms of reference for the Committee

A communications plan

An implementation plan

The top priorities for implementation

Indicative timelines for a three year period

Planning Statistics Benchmarking Report

Media and Communications Policy

Asset Management Policy

Office Accommodation discussion paper

City Futures discussion paper

A progress report showing progress on 47 recommendations and the completion of action on 6 recommendations

Details of the completed action for recommendation numbers 17, 22, 30, 39, 44, and 53 is as follows:-

Recommendation No. 17: Review the services provided by each Business Unit the extent to which they are being subsidised by rates.

Action: A report can be generated for Council consideration during the annual budget deliberations, as was undertaken in the 2013/14 budget development process. This process is now included in the annual budget cycle.

Recommendation No. 22: Transparent explanation of rates charges and the rating strategy is provided to the community.

Action:

a) Transparent explanation on rate charges - An explanatory brochure was distributed with the 2013/14 annual rate notice and details are published on CoGB website, and has been for many years. This process will continue.

Page 262: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 262

b) Transparent explanation on Rating Strategy - The Rating Strategy contained in the Budget document has been separately published on the COGB website.

Recommendation No. 30 Monitor working capital (liquidity) and the capital replacement financial ratios.

Action: Financial Reports currently include Working Capital Ratios and will be updated to include capital replacement financial ratios. This recommendation has been incorporated into Annual Ratios Report.

Recommendation No. :39 Formalise and mandate a Communications Policy so media releases are reviewed by the Communications and Media Team prior to release.

Action: The Media/Communications Policy has been updated and has been considered by the Executive Management Team and Councillors at a Forum and has been endorsed by Councillors and staff.

Recommendation No. :44 Review and update the current complaint handling procedure to include complaints relating to Councillors.

Action: A Councillor Complaints Procedure has been finalised by Councillors through a Governance Meeting.

Recommendation No. :53 Investigate the use of the DPCD Regional and Rural Planning Flying Squad.

Action: The investigation is completed. The service has run out of funds and is no longer available.

Timelines: Staff are currently considering how a number of the Independent Review Actions fit together. While some indication has been given to the implementation timeframe for individual recommendations further considerations needs to be given to those that will be implemented as a “package” and the overall implications for the organisation. The objective remains to address all of the recommendations within the current Council term to October 2016.

Page 263: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 263

Consultation/Communication

The Implementation Committee considers communication as a standing item for each meeting to determine what information is available for the Community and Key Stakeholders. This report will be for the basis of information that will be provided to the community.

Resource Implications

Budget Allocation An indicative allocation of $40,000 was included in the 2013/2014 budget towards the implementation of the Independent Review. Current Resource Priorities The timing of the Independent Review being delivered at the end of the financial year did not allow Council to adequately consider resource implications during the 2013/2014 financial year. There is little scope for Council to redirect resources within the operating budget due to commitments made as part of the Council Plan and budget process. A need has been identified for a staff member to co-ordinate the implementation of the Review and this position could also assist with Councillor research as recommended by the Review. Discussions have been held to see what staff resources could be freed up or savings identified to fund a position but no opportunities have been identified at this time. The cost of this position is approximately $90,000 per annum. The cost this financial year would be $52,500 of which $15,000 can be funded from the $40,000 allocated. The balance of $37,500 will need to be committed at the mid-year budget review. This will leave a balance of $25,000 that can be used for other Independent Review initiatives during this financial year. The success of the position will be monitored through:-

Meeting milestones/targets, budgets and cash flows working closely with

relevant staff across the organisation.

Surveillance of projects covering at least progress, financial management,

threats, sensitive issues, opportunities and reporting.

Provide the organisation and Councillors with accurate and timely reports on

progress of actions, resolutions and requests to ensure overall performance

and satisfaction.

Co-ordination of communication bulletins in conjunction with the Independent

Review Implementation Committee for key stakeholders

Future Resource Priorities Many of the actions arising from the review are being implemented utilising existing resources. The resource implications for implementation of all recommendations have not been fully scoped. Future discussions will need to be held with Councillors about how actions arising from the review will be resourced. This will be a matter of determining priorities of new initiatives arising from the Review or current activities and programs identified through the Council Plan, services need and funded via the budget.

Page 264: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 264

Attachments

1. Report following on Planning Statistics 2. Report following on Asset Management Policy 3. Terms of Reference for the Independent Review Implementation Committee

RECOMMENDATION

That Council

a) adopt the Terms of Reference for the Independent Review Implementation Committee

b) Commit to responding to all 69 recommendations within the current Council term c) acknowledge the progress on 47 of the 69 actions and completion of 6 actions

associated with Recommendation numbers 17, 22, 30, 39, 44, and 53. d) acknowledge the priority of funding the co-ordination of the implementation of the

Review to be committed at the mid-year budget review and for 14/15 and 15/16 financial years.

RESOLUTION Moved Cr Fyffe, Seconded Cr Leach. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 265: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 265

GREATER BENDIGO CITY COUNCIL INDEPENDENT REVIEW IMPLEMENTATION COMMITTEE TERMS OF REFERENCE

The Independent Review Implementation Committee (IRIC) is an advisory committee of Council. 1. Background

On 21 August, 2013, Council resolved that a committee of all Councillors would be established to oversee the implementation of the Review conducted by Aurecon, overseen by an Independent Review Committee, on behalf of Council. 2. Functions of the Committee

The functions of the committee are as follows: (a) Receive reports from the Chief Executive Officer on the implementation of the

Review and proposed actions. (b) Determine relative priorities of recommendations dealing with strategic and policy

issues. (c) Make a recommendation to the Council regarding the budget for the implementation

of components of the Review, as required. (d) Monitor a Communications and Implementation Plan. 3. Membership

The Committee shall consist of:

Mayor and Councillors.

The Mayor-of-the-Day will act as Chair. The Committee shall be supported by the Chief Executive Officer and Manager, Executive Services and other staff who may be needed from time to time. 4. Meetings The Mayor-of-the-Day will be responsible for chairing meetings. The frequency of meetings will be every six (6) weeks. Meetings will be held at CoGB premises which will be organised by the Manager, Executive Services. A quorum will be required at each meeting and shall comprise the Chair and four (4) Councillors. 5. Communications The Mayor will be the spokesperson for strategic issues and the CEO for operational matters.

Page 266: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 266

The Executive Services Communication Team will be available to provide the committee with communications support and advice. Internal communications to management and staff will be the responsibility of the CEO in consultation with the Mayor as required. Communication updates to the community from the Mayor and CEO will be considered, as a standing item, at each meeting. 6. Committee Term The term of the Committee will conclude upon the presentation of the final report on the implementation of all Council supported recommendations.

Page 267: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 267

7.2 BENCHMARKING OF STATUTORY PLANNING DATA

Document Information

Author Linda Cockerall, Business Process & Systems Adviser Responsible Prue Mansfield, Director Planning and Development Director

Summary/Purpose

The Independent Review highlighted a requirement to benchmark planning data for annual reporting to Council. The City of Greater Bendigo Statutory Planning Unit benchmarks quite favourably with 3 similar Councils and above average when comparing to the State. Benchmarking with Councils of similar conditions promotes new ideas and stimulates improvement of our internal processes.

Policy Context

City of Greater Bendigo Council Plan 2013 – 2017 (2013)

Planning for Growth

Our quality of life is maintained as our City's population and economy grows.

Productivity

A diverse, strong and growing economy supports community resilience.

Good Governance & Decision Making

Organisational workforce and business system development is undertaken to support staff to be highly productive.

Independent Review of the City of Greater Bendigo

Recommendation No. 34:

"Benchmark planning practices and metrics with a minimum of two comparable councils (e.g. Ballarat City Council and the City of Greater Geelong) for annual reporting to Council."

Background Information

Research of other Councils data was undertaken to determine those with similar planning permit numbers as well as some common, community based issues such as strong subdivision and residential development, an expanding business sector and heritage matters. As a result, the Councils chosen for the comparison of planning application data were Ballarat City Council, Greater Geelong City Council and Yarra Ranges Shire Council.

Page 268: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 268

Each of these Councils were more than happy to share details of their internal processes and compare data.

Report

The reporting of benchmarking data to Council has been intermittent in recent years with different contexts, depending on the particular planning issues at the time. The Department of Transport, Planning & Local Infrastructure (DTPLI) administers a State-wide planning application reporting system called Planning Permit Activity Reporting (PPARS). Data is uploaded from each Council every month to DTPLI for collation of these planning application statistics. This data includes the number of applications received and decided, value of works, application categories, gross processing days and VCAT appeals. Using this common data will allow for a consistent benchmark against other Councils. The current data for the year 1/7/2012 to 30/6/2013 is as follows:

Municipality Bendigo Ballarat Geelong Yarra Ranges

Area of municipality 2,999 sq.km 740 sq.km 1,247 sq.km 2,470 sq.km

Population density 30 ppsq.km 113 ppsq.km 156 ppsq.km 58 ppsq.km

Total applications received 1247 1200 1568 1665

New 1026 1082 1389 1287

Amended 218 118 179 378

Combined Planning Scheme amendment & permit 3 0 0 0

Total decisions 1252 1190 1751 1760

NOD and issued 1180 1056 1564 1433

Refusal 25 36 37 72

Withdrawn, Lapsed, No Permit Required 47 98 150 255

Application decisions with:

Advertising 574 471 906 1004

Further information requests 344 436 618 752

Objections 110 133 234 271

Value of issued permits $273,760,463 $299,466,553 $457,495,461 $265,744,053

Processing times:

Average gross days 89 92 133 129

Page 269: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 269

Municipality Bendigo Ballarat Geelong Yarra Ranges

Area of municipality 2,999 sq.km 740 sq.km 1,247 sq.km 2,470 sq.km

Population density 30 ppsq.km 113 ppsq.km 156 ppsq.km 58 ppsq.km

Median processing days 55 59 74 80

Completed within 60 days 68% 82% 59% 66%

VCAT:

Total determined 28 47 64 104

Average gross days 169 196 183 190

Median processing days 158 177 174 184

In addition to the above data, each of the four Councils demonstrates strong residential growth when comparing the application categories recorded against permit applications. Of the 20 application categories available in PPARS, each Council had the same five highest category numbers, these being:

Subdivision of land;

Single dwelling;

One or more new buildings;

Extension or alteration to an existing dwelling or structure;

Multi-dwelling development. Included in the cost of permits issued for Greater Bendigo are the Bendigo Theatre project at $26 million and the Bunnings Kangaroo Flat expansion at $22 million. Even though Yarra Ranges has considerably more permit applications than Greater Bendigo with a similar total cost, they have unique planning controls that generate a higher need for small scale permits, such as laying pavers and fencing. When looking at timeframes, the data shows that average gross days of 89 and median processing days of 55 are lower in Bendigo than each of the other Councils. These figures demonstrate how long a file is with Council from start to finish, rather than statutory timeframes. Not only does Bendigo display the lowest figures of the four Councils, it compares most favourably with all Councils on a State-wide basis – the average gross days was 127 days and median processing days was 76 across the State. The percentage of applications completed within 60 days is not based on reliable data, however the State-wide percentage of applications completed within 60 days was 66%. The City’s percentage for the previous year was 62% as outlined in the Independent Review report, however the current year saw a 6% increase to 68%. This demonstrates that improvements to internal processes already underway were having a positive effect. After some extensive research with other councils, it was decided not to report on resources allocated to planning. The number of Planners involved in processing planning applications is captured differently for each Council making it almost impossible to benchmark precisely. In some Councils casual staff may be employed short term to clear a back log of work or staff may be seconded to other projects throughout the year.

Page 270: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 270

The flexibility of part time staff and students can also have an impact on determining the ratio of Planners per permit. However, in general, Greater Bendigo has a lower proportion of planning staff compared to the other benchmarked Councils. The MAV is currently engaged in a project to best analyse benchmarking of planning staff which may be available to use for reports in the future. Following on from the recommendation of the Independent Review Committee, this benchmarking exercise will be carried out on an annual basis once all the PPARS data has been collated from each municipality and made available by DTPLI. It is expected that the data will be reported on trend to Council in September/October of each year.

RECOMMENDATION

That the Greater Bendigo City Council endorse the content of this report and continued improvement in this area. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Campbell, Seconded Cr Fyffe. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 271: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 271

7.3 RECORD OF ASSEMBLIES

Document Information

Author Peter Davies, Manager, Executive Services Responsible Craig Niemann, Chief Executive Officer Officer

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide the record of any assembly of Councillors, which has been held since the last Council Meeting, so that it can be recorded in the Minutes of the formal Council Meeting.

Policy Context

The purpose of this report is to provide the record of any assembly of Councillors, which has been held since the last Council Meeting, so that it can be recorded in the Minutes of the formal Council Meeting.

Background Information

The Local Government Act provides a definition of an assembly of Councillors where conflicts of interest must be disclosed. A meeting will be an assembly of Councillors if it considers matters that are likely to be the subject of a Council decision, or, the exercise of a Council delegation and the meeting is: 1. A planned or scheduled meeting that includes at least half the Councillors (5) and a

member of Council staff; or 2. an advisory committee of the Council where one or more Councillors are present. The requirement for reporting provides increased transparency and the opportunity for Councillors to check the record, particularly the declarations of conflict of interest.

Page 272: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 272

Report

Meeting Information

Meeting Name/Type

Natural Environment Advisory Committee

Meeting Date 17 September 2013

Matters discussed 1. Residential Strategy Review 2. Community Grants – 2013/2014 Round 1 Application Assessments 3. Gungurru Road 4. Stormwater Industry Award 5. Native Vegetation Reforms 6. The Rural Revolution Conference 7. Bendigo Airport Redevelopment 8. Indigenous Plants of Bendigo – Book Reprint

Attendees/Apologies

Councillors Cr Rod Fyffe (chair)

Staff/ Community Representatives

Mr Anthony Sheean Ms Wendy Radford Mr David Conley Ms Robyn Major Ms Kathryn Stanislawski Ms Phillipa Doyle Ms Karen Corr Ms Kia Smith Ms Lydia Fehring Ms Jodie Odgers Ms Clare Brownridge Mr Geoff Caine Ms Narelle Lyle Apologies: Mr Colin Smith Mr Joel North Ms Ruth Raleigh

Conflict of Interest disclosures

Matter No.

Councillor making disclosure Councillor left meeting

Nil

Page 273: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 273

Meeting Information

Meeting Name/Type

Councillors' Forum

Meeting Date 18 September, 2013

Matters discussed 1. Cost of Council buildings 2. Rosalind Park Master Plan 3. Recycling contract 4. Update on Theatre and Gallery Projects 5. Wangaratta Council 6. Signage Policy 7. Splash Park 8. Golden Square Pool history 9. Truck stop at Marong 10. Buying Australian produce 11. Disabled parking at Strathdale Hall 12. Mental health beds 13. Proposed art-deco building - McCrae Street 14. Christmas decorations 15. Chum Street 16. Letter from City of Yarra 17. North Bendigo crown land 18. Bendigo Creek 19. Flood Study 20. Hopley recycling 21. Rehabilitation of former White Hills tip site 22. Neighbourhood Residential Zone petition 23. Regional Growth Plan 24. Spring Gully Recreation Reserve 25. Manager Strategy

Attendees/Apologies

Councillors Cr Lisa Ruffell Cr Rod Campbell Cr Elise Chapman Cr Peter Cox Cr Rod Fyffe Cr Helen Leach Cr Barry Lyons Cr Mark Weragoda Cr James Williams

Staff/ Community Representatives

Mr Craig Niemann Ms Marg Allan Mr Stan Liacos Ms Prue Mansfield Mr Darren Fuzzard Ms Debbie Thewlis Mr Peter Davies Mrs Alison Campbell Apology: Ms Pauline Gordon

Page 274: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 274

Conflict of Interest disclosures

Matter No.

Councillor/officer making disclosure Councillor/officer left meeting

6. Cr Mark Weragoda Yes

Meeting Information

Meeting Name/Type

Councillors' Forum

Meeting Date 25 September, 2013

Matters discussed 1. Flood Study 2. Planning matters and draft Ordinary Meeting agenda Review 3. Theatre development naming and branding 4. Club Court 5. Marong Structure Plan 6. Breaching of levee banks 7. Street names and house numbers 8. Dr Harry Little Memorial Pre-School 9. Community Access and Inclusion Plan 10. Laneway off View Street 11. Strathfieldsaye Structure Plan 12. Inventors' Awards 13. Notice of Motion - East West Link Road Project 14. Bendigo Gold 15. Ward Meeting 16. BFL Grand Final at QEO 17. Redevelopment of Mitchell Street 18. Electoral Reform 19. Restoration of St Paul's Cathedral 20. Presentation by South Bendigo Football Club 21. Bendigo Chinese Museum 22. Consultation about Councillors' workloads

Attendees/Apologies

Councillors Cr Lisa Ruffell Cr Rod Campbell Cr Elise Chapman Cr Peter Cox Cr Rod Fyffe Cr Helen Leach Cr Barry Lyons Cr Mark Weragoda Cr James Williams

Staff/ Community Representatives

Mr Craig Niemann Ms Marg Allan Mr Stan Liacos Ms Prue Mansfield Mr Darren Fuzzard Ms Debbie Thewlis Mr Peter Davies

Page 275: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 275

Mrs Alison Campbell Apology: Ms Pauline Gordon

Conflict of Interest disclosures

Matter No.

Councillor/officer making disclosure Councillor/officer left meeting

19. Mr Peter Davies No

Meeting Information

Meeting Name/Type

Farming Advisory Committee

Meeting Date 24 September 2013

Matters discussed 1. Background to the Farming Advisory Committee 2. Member Introductions 3. Farming Advisory Committee Terms of Reference 4. Next Steps/Future Opportunities

Attendees/Apologies

Councillors Cr Rod Campbell Cr Elise Chapman Cr James Williams

Staff/ Community Representatives

Mr Rod Luke Mrs Alison Campbell Mr John Scott Ms Courtney Smith Mr Craig Sharam Mr Jim Long Mr Maurie Sharkey Mr Alan Stevens Ms. Jenny Pendlebury Ms Debbie Thewlis

Conflict of Interest disclosures

Matter No.

Councillor/officer making disclosure Councillor/officer left meeting

Nil

Page 276: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 276

Meeting Information

Meeting Name/Type Heritage Advisory Committee

Meeting Date 19 September 2013

Matters discussed 1. Planning Update/Demolitions 2. Strategy Update/Anzac Centenary

Attendees/Apologies

Councillors Cr Mark Weragoda (Chair) Cr James Williams

Staff/ Community Representatives

Ms Helen Ashby Mr Paul Banks Mr David Bannear Ms Emma Bryant Mr Peter Ellis Jordan Grenfell Dr Gary Hill Ms Kay MacGregor Ms Megan McDougall Dr Dannielle Orr Mr Rod Spitty Mr Darren Wright

Conflict of Interest disclosures

Matter No. Councillor making disclosure Councillor left meeting Nil

Meeting Information

Meeting Name/Type Heritage Advisory Committee

Meeting Date 19 September 2013

Matters discussed 1. Site Visit Boundary Stones

Attendees/Apologies

Councillors Cr Mark Weragoda (Chair) Cr James Williams

Staff/ Community Representatives

Ms Emma Bryant Mr Peter Ellis Jordan Grenfell Mr Gary Hill Ms Dannielle Orr Darren Wright

Conflict of Interest disclosures

Matter No. Councillor making disclosure Councillor left meeting Nil

Page 277: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 277

RECOMMENDATION

That Council endorse the record of assemblies of Councillors as outlined in this report. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Fyffe, Seconded Cr Lyons. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 278: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 278

7.4 CONTRACTS AWARDED UNDER DELEGATION

Document Information

Author Leeanne Taig, Administration Assistant, Project Coordination Responsible Marg Allan, Director Organisation Support Director

Summary/Purpose

The purpose of this report is to provide information on contracts recently awarded under delegation.

Policy Context

Provide high quality professional services by undertaking responsible business planning to ensure long-term sustainability.

Report

The following contracts subject to public tender, have been issued under delegation by the officer as listed (Instrument of Delegation - August 5, 2009):

Contract No

Project Successful Contractor

Value (GST Excl)

Delegated Officer

Date Signed

CT000066 Cleaning Services for Maternal and Child Health Centres

The Green Clean Team

34,500.00 Andy Walker 9 September 2013

CT000012 Catering and Function Management

2tasty Schedule of rates

Craig Niemann 24 September 2013

CT000069 Supply of Animal Pound Services

RSPCA 200,000.00 per annum

Craig Niemann 25 September 2013

CT000058 Tree Stump Removal and Reinstatement

Hickmans Tree Maintenance

Schedule of rates

Darren Fuzzard 27 September 2013

CT000061 Cleaning of Public Toilets and BBQ’s

Australian Commercial Maintenance

225,008.00 Craig Niemann 3 October 2013

CT000073 Seasonal Outdoor Pool Management

Belgravia Leisure

1,193,979.89 Craig Niemann 7 October 2013

Page 279: Minutes 23 october 2013

Good Governance and Decision-Making - Reports Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 279

RECOMMENDATION

That the Contracts Award Under Delegation, as outlined in this report, be endorsed by Council. RESOLUTION Moved Cr Fyffe, Seconded Cr Lyons. That the recommendation be adopted.

CARRIED

Page 280: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 280

8. URGENT BUSINESS

9. NOTICES OF MOTION

Nil.

Page 281: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 281

10. COUNCILLORS' REPORTS

Cr Fyffe reported on his attendance at the Multicultural concert, CFA event, and expressed his congratulations to the Mayor on her conduct of the meetings. Cr Campbell reported on his attendance at the unveiling of the Heritage Signature Quilt, and opening of the Bendigo Yacht Club. He also expressed his congratulations to the Mayor. Cr Lyons reported on his attendance at the Glass Slipper Ball, participation in the visit by Governor of Victoria - Honourable Alex Chernov AC QC and Mrs Chernov, unveiling of the Heritage Signature Quilt, Lockwood Ward meeting, Dover Park meetings and Grants Community meeting. Cr Williams reported on his attendance at the Master Plumbers fundraiser, Glass Slipper Ball, Local Government Electoral Review, celebration of 50 years of Education at White Hills, Bendigo-Kilmore Rail Trail AGM and Pre Schools Meeting. Cr Cox reported on his attendance at the Inventor of the Year Awards. Cr Weragoda reported on his attendance at the Glass Slipper Ball, Bendigo Business Excellence Awards, opening of Mia Mia Fire Station, and International Cities, Town Centres and Communities conference in Western Australia. Cr Leach reported on her attendance at the Mia Mia Fire Station Opening, open day at Cr Cox's place, Inventor of the Year Awards and the Tram workshop tour.

Page 282: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 282

11. MAYOR'S REPORT

The Mayor, Cr Lisa Ruffell, tabled a report on her attendance at the following meetings and events:

Welcomed participants at the Launch of the Seniors’ Festival Attended the Mayoral and Glass Slipper Ball Attended meetings with a number of residents and groups regarding a variety of issues Attended the Whipstick Ward Meeting held at Long Gully Attended VicRoads Central Victoria Municipalities Cluster meeting Hosted visit by Governor of Victoria - Honourable Alex Chernov AC QC and Mrs Chernov Participated in numerous radio, newspaper and television media interviews Provided a verbal presentation to Panel regarding Local Government Electoral Review Participated in numerous meetings to finalise arrangements for the John Forbes’ Memorabilia Exhibition Held final Mayor’s Open Office Attended lunch meeting with Chairman and representatives from Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Attended meeting of the Bendigo Tennis Association Chaired public meeting of the Epsom Huntly Drainage Committee Attended information session by Victorian Grants Commission Attended Diploma of Local Government training Attended unveiling of the Heritage Signature Quilt at Sacred Heart Cathedral Officially opened Living Arts Space – Bush Arcadia Presented graduation certificates at the Bendigo Flying Club’s Wings Participated in photo opportunity for launch of Summer in the Parks Program Attended meeting of the Independent Review Implementation Committee Provided a Mayoral Welcome to Exchange Students from Suzhou, China Attended meeting of Regional Cities Victoria

Page 283: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 283

12. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER'S REPORT

The Chief Executive Officer, Mr Craig Niemann, tabled a report on his attendance at the following meetings and events:

Attended meeting with Minister Jeanette Powell regarding State/Local Government Agreement Attended meeting of Bendigo Healthy Together Governance Group Participated in a number of media interviews Attended VicRoads meeting of Central Victorian Municipalities Participated in visit by Governor of Victoria - Honourable Alex Chernov AC QC and Mrs Chernov Attended Regional Development Australia business planning workshop Attended meeting with Chairman and representatives of Bendigo and Adelaide Bank Attended meeting with representatives from Bendigo Tennis Association Participated in quarterly Capex Review Participated in Ride-to-Work Day Attended VicRoads municipal visit Attended introductory meeting with Danny Kelly, recently appointed as Area Director, Department of Human Services Attended Board meeting of the Emergency Management Cluster Project Attended meeting held by North Central Catchment Management Authority to discuss Bendigo Flood Study Attended meeting of the Independent Review Implementation Committee Attended meeting of the Bendigo Trust Board Attended meeting of Regional Cities Victoria

Page 284: Minutes 23 october 2013

Ordinary Meeting - 23 October 2013

PAGE 284

13. CONFIDENTIAL (SECTION 89) REPORTS

13.1 Contractual Matter

13.2 Contractual Matter

13.3 Contractual Matter

RECOMMENDATION

That the meeting be closed to the public to consider reports in accordance with Section 89(2)(d) of the Local Government Act 1989, as amended, relating to contractual matters. Moved Cr Fyffe, seconded Cr Campbell.

There being no further business, the meeting closed at 10:47pm.

Confirmed:

13 November, 2013 Chairman